Applications

Command and Function Syntax O N - L I N E

M A N U A L

Copyright  1982 - 1999 by ERDAS, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America. ERDAS Proprietary - Delivered under license agreement. Copying and disclosure prohibited without express written permission from ERDAS, Inc. ERDAS, Inc. 2801 Buford Highway, N.E. Atlanta, Georgia 30329-2137 USA Phone: 404/248-9000 Fax: 404/248-9400 User Support: 404/248-9777

Warning All information in this document, as well as the software to which it pertains, is proprietary material of ERDAS, Inc., and is subject to an ERDAS license and non-disclosure agreement. Neither the software nor the documentation may be reproduced in any manner without the prior written permission of ERDAS, Inc. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Trademarks ERDAS is a trade name of ERDAS, Inc. ERDAS and ERDAS IMAGINE are registered trademarks of ERDAS, Inc. Model Maker, CellArray, ERDAS Field Guide, and ERDAS Tour Guides are trademarks of ERDAS, Inc. Other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Command Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Built-In Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Syntax and Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Job Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ‘job’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Spawn Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ‘spawn’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Application Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ‘application’ commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Function Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Applications that use Function commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Shell Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 shell scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

CDROMutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19 19

adjustnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20

append . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21

arcdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22

iii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23 23

arciges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24

arctiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25

arf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26

broker_start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27 27

bshutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28 28

build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29

build_filesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30 30

build_install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32 32

build_tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33 33

buildtat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

iv

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34

chipmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35 35 36

classifyisodata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37 37

clnsrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

clpnewatt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40

convdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

convdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42

convexport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43

convolvetool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44 44 44

convsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45

convshapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46

v

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual convvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47

coordcalc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48 48 48

covbuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49 49 49

covclean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50 50 50

covcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51 51 51

covcreatelabels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 52 52

covdelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53 53 53

covexternal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54 54 54

vi

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual covinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55 55 55

covmosaic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56 56 57

covrename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

58 58 58

covsubset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59 59 59

covtoraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60 60 62

covtransform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63 63 63

crelab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64

customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65 65

dataview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

vii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66 66 66

degrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

67 67 67

dsceditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68 68 68

dxfarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

69

efsd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70 70

eml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

71 71 73

emta_start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

74 74

enter_codewd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75 75

erdmaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76 76

viii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual eshuffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77 77

etakarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

78

exportarcgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79 79 79

exportarcinterchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

80 80 80

exportdem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

81 81 84

exportdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

85 85 85

exportdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

86 86 87

exportdoq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

88 88 91

exportdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

ix

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

92 92 92

exportgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

93 93 96

exportgis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

97 97 98

exportgrass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

exportgrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

exportiges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

exportjfif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

exportlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

x

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual exportovr2dxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

exportpcx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

exportsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

exportsdtsraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

exportshape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

exporttiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

exporttiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

exportvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

xi

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

exprojections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

fft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Description. Commands . Functions . References .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

125 125 125 125

fftauto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

ffteditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

ffthmorph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

fftinverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Description. Commands . Functions . References .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

132 132 132 132

fftmag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

xii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

fonttablemaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Document Context Functions 135 The context for all of the application functions listed below is the fonttablemaker dialog. 135 generalize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

gridline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

hfaview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

igesarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

imageinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Document Context Functions 145 The context for all of the application functions listed below is the imageinfo document window. A currently selected image layer can be obtained from the imageinfo document window. References to the currently selected image layer below always refer to the currently selected image layer in the imageinfo document window represented by the context of the function call. 145 Be aware that some of these application functions may be sensitive to the states (enabled/disabled) and values of frameparts in the imageinfo dialog that are not directly referenced in the application function call. 145

xiii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual imagine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

imagine_environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

imgcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

importadrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

importadri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

importarcgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

importarcinterchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

xiv

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual importascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

importascii2cov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

importascii2ovr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

importavhrr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

importavhrrdundee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

importavhrrsharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

importdfad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

importdig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

xv

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

importdlg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

importdxf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

importdxf2ovr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

importetak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

importgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

importiges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

importradarsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

importrpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

xvi

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

importsdts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

importsdtsraster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

importshape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

importspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

importspotgeospot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

importtiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

importtm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

xvii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual importvpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

imremsv.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

imtool.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

imess.customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

install_broker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

install_imagine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

jpegcompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

jpegdecompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

killstring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

xviii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual lineagg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

linegrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

mapmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Description. Commands . Arguments . Options . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

234 234 234 235

mappatheditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

modeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

modelmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

o_install_printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

ovrann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

ovrlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

ovrpnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 xix

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

ovrseg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

ovrsrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

pixeltotable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

pntprf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

pointgrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

pointnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

polygrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

printfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

printmanager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

prodnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

xx

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

qvendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

radarbri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

radarfrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

radarlee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

radarmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

radarnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

radarslant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

xxi

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual rastertocov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

regionerror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

removedangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

renode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

rmarccover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

rmmodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

runarch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

scriptrc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

setuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

setup_fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

xxii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

setup_hp700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

setup_personal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

setup_rs6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

setup_system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

setup_toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

showsysid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

sigmaval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

tabletool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

xxiii

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual tabletopixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

tapeserver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

tapeutil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

tigerarc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

tigerpnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

ungen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

versiontool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Context-less Functions 303 The application functions listed below are general purpose application functions and, as such, disregard the context passed in their respective C Language argument lists. 303 viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Viewer Window Commands 305 These viewer commands create or delete viewer windows. 305

xxiv

Command and Function Syntax On-Line Manual Viewer Layer Commands 306 These viewer commands create or open layers in the viewer. 306 Viewer Composition Commands 310 The viewer composition commands create or open map compositions into the view window. For information on map compositions see Map Compositions. 310 Viewer Window Contents Commands 312 The window contents commands visually modify the contents of the view windows by stretching, rotating or scrolling the displayed area of the image layers. 312 Viewer ColorTable and Histogram Commands 315 The color table and histogram viewer commands are described here. Each of these commands modifies the histogram data or lookup table in the top layer of the view window in some manner. 315 Multiple Viewer Window Commands 316 Viewer Miscellaneous Commands 318 Viewer State Commands 318 vueplayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Document Context Functions 320 The context for all of the application functions listed below is the vueplayer window. References to the currently-selected Vue Player List below always refer to the Vue Player List open in the vueplayer document window, represented by the context of the function call. References to the currently-selected Vue below always refer to the Vue in the line of the currently-selected Vue Player List where the “>” is. 320

xxv

IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax

IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax Command Statements A command is a statement of the form:

command [arg]... ; The ERDAS IMAGINE software recognizes these types of commands:

♦ Built-In Commands ♦ Job Commands ♦ Spawn Commands ♦ Application Commands ♦ Function Commands ♦ ApplicationFunctions DLL Class ♦ Shell Scripts ♦ Utilities ➲ You can find an alphabetic index of all commands and functions by clicking the Contents button on the help viewer menu above. Open the IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax book and scroll to the bottom where you will find the Alphabetical Index. When the script interpreter encounters a command statement, it first checks to see if that command is a “Built-In” EML command. If the command name is not one of those listed in the script interpreter’s command names table, the interpreter checks to see if the command is either a “Job” or a “Spawn” command. If this fails, the interpreter then consults the function commands list supplied by the application within which the interpreter is running. If all of the above fail, the interpreter assumes the command is an IMAGINE application command.

Built-In Commands The built-in commands are available to all IMAGINE applications. The syntax of each built-in command is defined by EML. This syntax is described in the EML On-Line Manual. Syntax and Style The command descriptions in this document use the following syntax and style:

♦ Tokens and keywords are in bold text. 1

IMAGINE Command and Function Syntax

♦ Non-terminal symbols are in italic text. ♦ Rectangular brackets, ’[ ]’, are used to indicate an option or a list of alternatives that may be NULL.

♦ Curly braces, ’{ }’, are used to indicate a list of alternatives that cannot be NULL. ♦ A vertical bar, ’|’, is used to separate alternatives. ♦ An ellipsis, ’...’, is used after a closing rectangular bracket to indicate that an option may be repeated indefinitely.

♦ Each major non-terminal or token will have its own descriptor. Current descriptors are. Descriptor

Description

%d

decimal format number

%f

floating point format number

%x

hex format number

%o

octal format number

%s

a string of characters

%w

file node list

2

Job Commands

Job Commands The “Job” command is really built into EML but is treated separately in this documentation from the “Built-In” commands. The script interpreter treats a “Job” command as an indication that the executable named as the second argument of the “Job” command is to be started with command line arguments equal to the “Job” command arguments. Thus, the syntax of the “Job” command is defined jointly by EML and the executable to be run. When a “Job” command is executed, the session manager displays a progress dialog box through which the user may monitor the progress of the job or cancel the job. Multiple processes using the same executable image may be initiated through the execution of multiple “Job” commands. Any “Job” command may be started directly from a command line interface to the operating system, such as a shell, by omitting the JOB keyword.

‘job’ commands chipmaker classifyisodata covbuild covclean covcopy covcreatelabels covdelete covexternal covrename covsubset covtoraster

3

Job Commands covtransform degrade fft fftauto ffthmorph fftinverse fftmag imgcopy jpegcompress jpegdecompress mapmaker modeler prodnf radarbri radarfrost radarlee radarmap radarnf

4

Job Commands radarslant rastertocov sigmaval

5

Spawn Commands

Spawn Commands The “Spawn” command, like the “Job” command, is also really built into EML. The script interpreter treats a “Spawn” command as an indication that the executable named as the second argument of the “Spawn” command is to be started with command line arguments equal to the “Spawn” command arguments. Thus, the syntax of the “Spawn” command is also defined jointly by EML and the executable to be run. Unlike a “Job” command, however, when a “Spawn” command is executed, the session manager does not display a progress dialog box through which the user may monitor the progress of the job or cancel the job. The “Spawn” command, then, is often used to start an application that provides its own interface, or to start a shell script, or a daemon. Multiple processes using the same executable image may be initiated through the execution of multiple “Spawn” commands. Any “Spawn” command may be started directly from a command line interface to the operating system, such as a shell, by omitting the SPAWN keyword.

‘spawn’ commands exportarcgen exportarcinterchange exportdem exportdfad exportdlg exportdoq exportdxf exportgen exportgis exportgrass

6

Spawn Commands exportgrid exportiges exportjfif exportlan exportovr2dxf exportpcx exportsdts exportsdtsraster exportshape exporttiff exporttiger exportvpf importadrg importadri important importarcgen importarcinterchange importascii

7

Spawn Commands importascii2cov importascii2ovr importavhrr importavhrrdundee importavhrrsharp importdfad importdig importdlg importdxf importdxf2ovr importetak importgen importiges importradarsat importrpf importsdts importsdtsraster importshape

8

Spawn Commands importspot importspotgeospot importtiger importtm importvpf pixeltotable tabletopixel

9

Application Commands

Application Commands An “Application” command is a way for the EML script interpreter to send commands to an application. If the application is already running, the command arguments of the “Application” command are sent to the application. For this reason, multiple processes using the same executable image may NOT be initiated through the execution of multiple “Application” commands. If the application is not running, the session manager will attempt to start the application using the “Application” command arguments as command line arguments. The following EML script code starts the IMAGINE Viewer, if it is not already running, and opens a Viewer window. on mousedown { viewer create at 10 10 size 200 300; } The syntax of an “Application” command is defined solely by the application. Any “Application” command may be executed directly from a command line interface to the operating system, such as a shell. When executed outside of the IMAGINE environment, however, the application will always be started, i.e., it is not possible to send an application command to an already running application from a command line interface to the operating system.

‘application’ commands convolvetool coordcalc covinfo covmosaic dataview dsceditor eml ffteditor 10

Application Commands fonttablemaker hfaview imageinfo mappatheditor modelmaker tabletool versiontool viewer vueplayer

11

Function Commands

Function Commands An application function may be used like a command when it is not embedded in an expression. For example: on valuechanged processdata ($dataformat); where processdata is a function provided by the application or by a DLL Instance from the ApplicationFunctions DLL Class. The syntax of a “Function” command is defined solely by the application or DLL Instance providing the function. Any value returned by the function will be discarded by the script interpreter when the function is used as a command. “Function” commands may not be used outside of EML scripts. If the “Function” command was defined by an application rather than an instance of the ApplicationFunctions DLL Class, the command may not be used outside the EML script associated with the application.

Applications that use Function commands ffteditor fonttablemaker hfaview imageinfo versiontool viewer vueplayer

12

Shell Scripts

Shell Scripts

shell scripts CDROMutil arch broker_start bshutil build_filesets build_install build_tape customize emta_start imagine imagine_environment imremsv.customize imtool.customize imess.customize install_broker

13

Shell Scripts install_imagine killstring o_install_printer rmmodule runarch scriptrc setuid setup_fonts setup_hp700 setup_personal setup_rs6000 setup_system setup_toolkit tapeutil

14

Utilities

Utilities

utilities adjustnode append arcdxf arciges arctiger arf build buildtat clnsrt clpnewatt convdfad convdlg convexport convsdts convshapes

15

Utilities convvpf crelab dxfarc efsd enter_codewd erdmaster eshuffle etakarc exprojections generalize generate gridline igesarc lineagg linegrid ovrann ovrlin ovrpnt

16

Utilities ovrseg ovrsrt pntprf pointgrid pointnode polygrid printfilter printmanager project qvendor regionerror removedangle renode rmarccover showsysid tapeserver tigerarc tigerpnt

17

Utilities trans ungen

18

CDROMutil

CDROMutil Description The IMAGINE Bourne shell CDROM utility function definition script. Commands . CDROMutil The CDROMutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other Bourne shell scripts. The script contains CDROM access utility function definitions. This command is intended to be run only from the OS command shell.

19

adjustnode

adjustnode

Description This is an ESRI executable that processes nodes in a coverage. It cannot be run from command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (adjustnode), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for an example.

20

append

append Description This is an ESRI executable that join coverages together. It cannot be run from command line nor from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (append), and for forking the child process. See file mapjoin.f in covmosaic module for example.

21

arcdxf

arcdxf Description This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to a DXF file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (arcdxf), and for forking the child process. See file exportdxf.c in exportdxf module for example.

22

arch

arch Description The ERDAS architecture identification script. Commands arch The arch command determines the ERDAS system architecture of the system upon which it is run and echoes the result to stdout. The ERDAS system architecture is a name that identifies the operating system name and version/machine hardware (cpu) combination. If the system architecture cannot be determined, ‘unknown’ is echoed to stdout. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

23

arciges

arciges Description This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to an IGES file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (arciges), and for forking the child process. See file exportiges.c in exportiges module for example.

24

arctiger

arctiger Description This is an ESRI executable that exports a coverage to an IGES file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (arctiger), and for forking the child process. See file exporttiger.c in exporttiger module for example.

25

arf

arf Description This is an ESRI executable that builds arc topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (arf), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

26

broker_start

broker_start Description The ERDAS license broker start-up script. Commands broker_start [showStatus] [startupDir] [serverHost] The broker_start command starts the ERDAS license broker, erdmaster. The script always invokes the erdmaster program with the -l option specifying /tmp/erdmaster.log as the log file. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

showStatus → -s Specifies that the return status of the invoked erdmaster program should be echoed to stdout. By default the script echoes nothing unless there is a failure starting the erdmaster program in which case a diagnostic message is echoed to stderr.

startupDir → -d directory → -d %w Specifies the startup directory to use to invoke broker_start on a remote machine if serverHost is not NULL. By default this is $IMAGINE_HOME/bin as evaluated on the local machine.

serverHost → %s Specifies the remote host upon which to invoke broker_start for purposes of starting the license broker on a remote host. The remote start-up is attempted through the UNIX rsh command.

27

bshutil

bshutil Description The IMAGINE Bourne shell utility function definition script. Commands . bshutil The bshutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be source’d in other Bourne shell scripts. The script contains utility function definitions. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell.

28

build

build Description This is an ESRI executable that builds polygon topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (build), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

29

build_filesets

build_filesets Description The IMAGINE file set archiving script. Commands build_filesets [doBuild] [source] [destination] [interactive] [fileSetType]... [prefix | moduleList] The build_filesets command archives file sets in a format that can be used by the IMAGINE installation script, install_imagine. File sets should always be built under the SunOS 4.1.x operating system or they will not necessarily be able to be un-archived on all supported IMAGINE platforms. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

doBuild → -b { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether the script should actually build the file sets (1) or simply compute the sizes of the file sets (0). The default is to build the file sets.

source → -s directory → -s %w Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is $IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname $SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘.

destination → -d directory → -d %w Specifies the directory into which the file sets should be built. The default is the current directory.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is run. The default is on.

fileSetType → -t { arch | gnrl | data } Specifies the file set type(s) to build for the named modules. The default is -t gnrl -t data -t $ARCH.

prefix → %w Specifies a 2 character vendor prefix to use to search for modules for which file sets

30

build_filesets are to be built. The script searches for the file <prefix>modules.lst in the /install directory. If it finds this file it will search the /install directory for a file list for every module named in the file in combination with every file set type specified on the command line. It will use then use these files to build file sets from the files in the directory.

moduleList → module [module]... Specifies one or more modules to be built from the file lists in the IMAGINE installation at IMAGINE_HOME. If any modules are specified, the vendor prefix will be ignored.

31

build_install

build_install Description The IMAGINE installation tools copying script. Commands build_install [source] [destination] [interactive] [fileList] The build_install command copies the IMAGINE installation tools to a directory outside the IMAGINE installation area in preparation for building an IMAGINE installation tape or CDROM. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

source → -s directory → -s %w Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is $IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname $SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘. The installation tools will be copied from /install.

destination → -d directory → -d %w Specifies the directory into which the installation tools should be copied. The default is the current directory.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is run. The default is on.

fileList → file [file]... Specifies one or more files to be used as the IMAGINE installation tools. If a list is specified, it will override the default list that is hardcoded in the script.

32

build_tape

build_tape Description The IMAGINE installation tape building script. Commands build_tape [prepend] [device] [source] [interactive] [autoWorkspace] The build_tape command creates an IMAGINE installation tape from a tape image directory prepared previously with the build_filesets and build_install commands. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

prepend → -p { 0 | 1 } Specifies installation tools should be placed on the tape. By default (1), the installation tools are placed on the tape.

device → -f [hostname:]deviceFile → -f [%s:]%w Specifies the tape device file to be used to make the tape. If no hostname is specified, a local tape drive is assumed.

source → -s directory → -s %w Specifies the source directory for the files to be included on the installation tape.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is run. The default is on.

autoWorkspace → -w { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether or not the work space required for installing the tape should be automatically calculated (and placed on the tape). By default (1), the work space required is automatically calculated.

33

buildtat

buildtat Description This is an ESRI executable that builds annotation topology for a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (buildtat), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

34

chipmaker

chipmaker Description Raster image file image chip creation program. Commands job chipmaker [chipRecreate] [chipDir | chipFile | fileTitle]... chipWidth chipHeight The chipmaker command creates image chips of dimensions chipWidth X chipHeight for all files of raster imagery specified. The file names are either specified explicitly through a chipFile option or are specified implicitly by virtue of their presence in a directory indicated by a chipDir option (both of these options may be specified repeatedly). An image chip is a (usually small) RGB representation of the entire image in the image file using the layers indicated by the “ Band Default” eml preferences. If an up-to-date .chp file exists for a given image file, no image chip will be created. If a .chp file is out of date or if the chipRecreate flag is ‘1’, any existing .chp file will be overwritten. If no directories are specified via the chipDir option and also no files are specified via the chipFile option, the current directory will be used (i.e., it will be as if the ‘-d ./’ option had been specified).

chipRecreate→ -r %d A flag to force the re-creation of image chips. Specify ‘1’ for yes, ‘0’ for no.

chipDir → -d %w A directory to scan for image files.

chipFile → -f %w A file for which an image chip should be created or updated.

fileTitle → -t %s A raster format title may be specified so that only files of a specific raster format will be considered for chip creation. This option makes most sense with the chipDir option, but it will suppress/allow chip creation on individually specified files as well. If multiple fileTitle options are specified, a raster file will be considered for chip creation if it matches any one of the specified formats.

chipWidth → %d The width (in pixels) of the image chip to be created.

35

chipmaker

chipHeight → %d The height (in pixels) of the image chip to be created. Functions None.

36

classifyisodata

classifyisodata Description Classifyisodata performs an isodata algorithm on multispectral imagery to extract signatures and create an output cluster image. See the ERDAS Field Guide for more information. Arguments classifyisodata inputfilename -l layerflag -s signatureflag -o origin -v validsigs -a axistype -s scale -c convergence -i iterationamax -n number -z zeroflag -skip xskip yskip -c coloroption red green blue aoi aoifilename -m metername

-l layerflag → %d 0 or 1 to indicate whether to produce an output classified layer. The default is 1.

-s signatureflag → %d 0 or 1 to indicate whether to produce an output signature file. The default is 1.

-o origin → %s A value of “sigs” sets the cluster centers to begin from existing signatures.

-v validsigs → %s Passes a signature file, the means of which will initialize the cluster centers.

-a axistype → %s Set the axis though the data which is used in cluster cinter initialization. Valid strings are “principal” and “diagonal”.

-s scale → %f The number of standard deviations along the axis to use for cluster center initialization.

-c convergence → %f The convergence threshold which terminates the isodata iterations. Valid values are 0.0 to 1.0.

37

classifyisodata

-i iterationmax → %d The maximum nuumber of iterations to perform.

-n number → %d Number of classes to create.

-z zeroflag → %d 0 or 1 to indicate whether to use input values of 0 in the precess.

-skip xskip yskip → %d %d Skip factors to use in the process.

-color colortype red green blue → %s %d %d %d Colortype specifes “truecolor” or greyscale” . Red, green, and blue indicate the band combination to use for truecolor approximation.

-aoi aoifilename → %s Specify an aoi file name to use in the process.

-m metername → %s Specify a string for the meter.

38

clnsrt

clnsrt Description This is an ESRI executable that sorts the features in a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (clnsrt), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for example.

39

clpnewatt

clpnewatt Description This is an ESRI executable that generates a new attribute table for a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (clpnewatt), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for example.

40

convdfad

convdfad Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a DFAD file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convdfad), and for forking the child process. See file importdfad.c in importdfad module, and exportdfad.c in exportdfad module for example.

41

convdlg

convdlg Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a DLG file. It cannot be run from acommand line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convdlg), and for forking the child process. See file importdlg.c in importdlg module, and exportdlg.c in exportdlg module for example.

42

convexport

convexport Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and an arc interchange file (e00 file). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convexport), and for forking the child process. See file importarcinterchange.c in importarcinterchange module, and exportarcinterchange.c in exportarcinterchange module for example.

43

convolvetool

convolvetool Description The convolvetool program provides the user interface for performing file to file convolution filtering. Commands convolvetool The convolvetool command starts the convolvetool program. Functions None.

44

convsdts

convsdts Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a SDTS file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convsdts), and for forking the child process. See file importsdts.c in importsdts module, and exportsdts.c in exportsdts module for example.

45

convshapes

convshapes Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a SHAPE file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convshapes), and for forking the child process. See file importshapes.c in importshapes module, and exportshapes.c in exportshapes module for example.

46

convvpf

convvpf Description This is an ESRI executable that converts between a coverage and a VPF file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (convvpf), and for forking the child process. See file importvpf.c in importvpf module, and exportvpf.c in exportvpf module for example.

47

coordcalc

coordcalc Description Coordinate calculator does point transformation from one projection to another. Commands coordcalc This command takes no argument. It invokes a GUI that allows the user to transform x-y points from one projection to another. Functions None

48

covbuild

covbuild Description Build Arc/Info coverage topology. Commands covbuild coverage_name [fclass] This command builds an Arc/Info coverage of type fclass. (Create or update a feature attribute table for a coverage.)

coverage_name → %s Full path of the Arc/Info coverage.

fclass → -t[ype] feature_type --> -t[ype] %s Specify POLY for polygon topology, LINE for line topology, POINT for point topology. Functions None

49

covclean

covclean Description Clean Arc/Info coverage and build topology. Commands covclean incover [outcover] [dangle] [tolerance] [type] This command cleans an Arc/Info coverage and builds topology.

incover → %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outcover → %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage, if you don’t want the incover to be overwritten.

type → -t[ype] feature_type --> -t[ype] %s Designate the type of coverage to clean. Acceptable values for type are POLY (default) and LINE.

dangle → -d[angle] dangle_length --> -d[angle] %f Specify the dangling length: the maximum length allowed for a dangling arc in the output coverage.

tolerance → -tol fuzzy_tolerance → -tol %f Specify the fuzzy tolerance: the minimum distance between arc vertices in the output coverage. Functions None

50

covcopy

covcopy Description Copy an ARC/INFO coverage or grid. Commands covcopy in_coverage [out_coverage] This command copies an Arc/Info coverage.

in_coverage→ %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

out_coverage→ %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage. If no output coverage is given, the coverage will be copied to the local directory with the same name, if such a coverage does not already exist. Functions None

51

covcreatelabels

covcreatelabels Description Creates label points for coverage polygons. Commands covcreatelabels in_coverage [idbase] This command creates label points for coverage polygons. User-IDs for the new label points are automatically assigned.

in_coverage → %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

idbase → -i[d] idbase → -i[d] %d Designate the minimum User-ID value to be assigned to new label points. The specified value will be the User-ID for the first polygon encountered which has no label point. User-IDs are then incremented by one for each subsequent polygon having no label point. Specifying an {idbase} of 0 will cause the creation of new labels for all polygons. In this case, each User-ID will equal the polygon's internal number minus one. This is the default value. Functions None

52

covdelete

covdelete Description Delete an Arc/Info coverage or grid Commands covdelete dataset_name [option] This command deletes the named Arc/Info coverage or grid. If no option is given, the default is assigned to “-all”. This will delete the coverage or grid along with its associated Info tables.

dataset_name → %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid.

option → -arc | -info | -all Specify what to delete. The -arc option deletes the coverage or grid and all external files, including its feature attribute tables. No other Info files associated with the coverage or grid are deleted. The -info option deletes the INFO files only. The -all option deletes everything: the ARC coverage or grid, and any Info files associated with it. Functions None

53

covexternal

covexternal Description Correct external file path names for a geographic data set's INFO data file. Commands covexternal dataset_name This command corrects the external file path names for a coverage or a grid.

dataset_name → %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid. Functions None

54

covinfo

covinfo Description Display information of an Arc/Info coverage. Commands covinfo [covername} This command invokes a GUI program that displays coverage info, allows the user to define projection or to re-project an Arc/Info coverage.

covername → -name coverage_name → -name %s Full path of the Arc/Info coverage to be described. Functions None

55

covmosaic

covmosaic Description Map-join up to 500 coverages to a single coverage. Commands covmosaic gui [out_cover] [template [feature] [clipcov] [renumber] This command invokes a GUI application that can join up to 500 polygon coverages.

gui → -GUI Invoke a GUI version of this command.

out_cover → -out covername → -out %s Full path of the output coverage.

template → -t[emplate] template_cov → -t[emplate] %s Specify a template coverage whose features define the set of features to be joined. You can either use this option or the “-f feature” option.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s Specify the set of features to be joined. Cannot be used along with the template coverage option. Valid options are POLY, LINE, POINT, and NODE.

clipcov → -clip[cov] clip_cover → -clip[cov] %s Specify a clip coverage that subsets the output coverage.

renumber → -r[umber] renumber_type → -r[umber] %s Defines how the tics and other features will be numbered in the output coverage. IDs can be optionally offset to ensure unique ID values for the output coverage features. The ID offset is equal to 1 plus the highest ID value in the previously joined coverage. Following are the options for renumber_type: NONE - All old IDs will be kept. This is the default. FEATURES - Only feature IDs will be offset to keep them unique. TICS - Only Tic ID will be offset to keep them unique. ALL - Both Tic and feature IDs will be offset to keep them unique.

56

covmosaic Functions None

57

covrename

covrename Description Rename an ARC/INFO coverage or grid. Commands covrename nameold namenew This command renames an Arc/Info coverage.

nameold → %s Full path of the Arc/Info coverage or grid to be renamed

namenew → %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage or grid. Functions None

58

covsubset

covsubset Description Subset an Arc/Info coverage. Commands covsubset incover outcover subsetcover [type] [tolerance] This command subsets features from a coverage using the subset coverage as a cookie cutter.

incover → %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outcover → %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

subsetcover → %s Full path of the polygon coverage that defines the subset region.

tolerance → -tol fuzzy_tolerance → -tol %f fuzzy tolerance: the minimum distance between arc vertices in the output coverage. The default is 0.002

type → -t[ype] feature_type → -t[ype] %s Designate the feature classes to subset. Acceptable values for type are POLY, LINE, POINT, RAW. In each case, the corresponding feature attribute table (pat or aat) is saved to the output coverage. The default is POLY. Functions None

59

covtoraster

covtoraster Description Covert an Arc/Info coverage to an image file. Commands covtoraster inputname outputname [gui] [cellsize] [value_item] [lookup_table] [weight_table] [upperleft] [lowerright] [background] [blocksize] [compression] [ignorezero] [pixel_type] [subsample] This command converts a coverage to an image file. It first converts the coverage into a temporary grid, then imports the grid into an image file.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out out_image → -out %s Full path of the output image file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

cellsize → -cell[size] cell_size → -cell[size] %f Specify pixel-size. The default is x_range/1000

value_item → -value[item] item_name → -value[item] %s Specify an item in the coverage’s feature attribute table used to assign codes to the grid. By default the internal point number is used.

lookup_table → -lookup[table] table_name → -lookup[table] %s An INFO file used to define grid cell codes. If specified, the lookup table must contain two items: {value_item} and CODE.

weight_table → -weight[table] table_name → -weight[table] %s An INFO file used to assign weights to grid cell codes. These weights are used to resolve cases when a single cell can have several possible codes. In this case the code with the highest weight will be assigned to the cell.

60

covtoraster

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f Create a subset of the input image starting at map position xstart, ystart. You must use MAP coordinates.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend --> -l[owerright] %f %f Create a subset of the input image ending at map position xend, yend. You must use MAP coordinates.

background → -b[ackground] background_value → -b[ackground] %s Specify the value for cells which do not overlay line/point features in the coverage. Defalut:NODATA. Only valid for line or point input coverages. Valid options are NODATA or ZERO.

blocksize → -block[size] size_value → -block[size] %d Each raster layer in the output file will be of composed of blocks size by size in extent. The default blocksize is 64.

compression → -com[pression] compress_type → -com[pression] %s Set the compression type of the output image file. The valid options is “default”, “none”, “run_length”.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] [enable_flag] → -ignore[zero] [%s] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics unless enableflag is set to FALSE. Default is TRUE.

pixel_type → -pixel[type] type → -pixel[type] %s Set the data type of the output pixels. It must be one of the following character strings: "u1", "u2", "u4", "u8", "s8", "u16", "s16", "u32", "s32", "f32", "f64", "c64", or "c128". The default is "u32".

subsample → -sub[sample] [enable_flag] → -sub[sample] [%s] Store "hidden" subsampled images for each layer unless enableflag is set to FALSE. Default is TRUE.

61

covtoraster Functions None

62

covtransform

covtransform Description Transform an Arc/Info coverage. Commands covtransform inputname outputname [type] [watch_file] This command changes coverage coordinates using an affine or a projective transformation based on the set of control points (tics).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

type → -type transform_type → -type %s Designate the type of transformation to be used: AFFINE or PROJECTIVE.

watch_file → -w[atch] watch_file → -w[atch] %s Generate a file that contains summary statistics of the transformation. Functions None

63

crelab

crelab Description This is an ESRI executable that automatically generates labels for polygons. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (crelab), and for forking the child process. See file covcreatelabels.c in covcreatelabels module for example.

64

customize

customize Description The IMAGINE file set customization script. Commands customize [preCustomize] fileSet [fileSet]... The customize command is a script that runs file set customization scripts during or after installation. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

preCustomize → -p { 0 | 1 } The preCustomize argument, if specified with a value of 1, indicates to the customize script that the file sets named should be checked to see if they require customization and, if so, the IMAGINE installation directory should be marked indicating that the file set requires customization after installation. During installation, all of the requested file sets are unarchived before any customization scripts are run. A notation needs to be made before and after each file set is unarchived in case the installation is aborted before the file set’s customization script can be run.

fileSet → module_fileSetType → %s_%s The file sets for which customization scripts should be run are specified as options on the command line. There must be at least one file set specified. module represents the installation module and fileSetType is one of { gnrl | data | arch } where arch is a system architecture supported by IMAGINE.

65

dataview

dataview Description An interactive, configurable tool for viewing raw ASCII or binary data from a tape or disk file Commands dataview [target] The dataview command creates a new DataView window. If target is included, the first data record of target is loaded.

target → media name media → file | tape Specify whether the target medium is file or tape.

name → %s Specify the file name or the tape name. Tape names are in the form host:devicefile; e.g. “sunserver:/dev/rst0” Functions None.

66

degrade

degrade Description Image Degradation Commands job degrade inputname outputname [meter] [size] [exclude]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

meter → -m[eter] Display progress meter during execution.

size → -s[ize] xsize ysize → -s[ize] %d %d Specify size in x and y direction for degrade. The default is 2 in both directions. If the input file size is ncolumns by nrows, the output file will be: ncolumns / xsize by nrows / ysize

exclude → -e[xclude] excludevalue → -e[xclude] %f Set value to exclude in computing statistics in the output file. Functions None.

67

dsceditor

dsceditor Description Raster Attribute Editor Commands dsceditor [raster] [layernum [color] [opacity]]

raster → %s Name of raster file, from which raster attributes are read and edited.

layernum → %d Number of layers from which to read attributes. First layer is 1.

color → REQUIRECOLOR Indicates that the program should create a Color column if the Red, Green, or Blue column was not found in the layer’s descriptor table.

opacity → REQUIREOPACITY Indicates that the program should create an Opacity column if one was not found in the layer’s descriptor table. Functions None.

68

dxfarc

dxfarc Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a DXF file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (dxfarc), and for forking the child process. See file importdxf.c in importdxf module for example.

69

efsd

efsd Description The ERDAS fileserver Commands efsd The efsd command starts the ERDAS file server. The file server provides remote access to files for ERDAS IMAGINE applications. It is intended to be run by the printmanager. Only limited reading capabilities to support printing have been implemented.

70

eml

eml Description The eml application serves as the Session Manager in a normal IMAGINE environment. Much of the session management functionality is built into the libraries, so any EML application that is started outside an IMAGINE session may serve as the Session Manager for a new IMAGINE session. The eml application also starts the on-line help system and initiates the RPC intersession/inter-product communication server support. Under the normal IMAGINE startup, the eml application controls the startup dialog and the IMAGINE icon panel. The icon panel gives access to applications and utilities and certain functionality that can only be controlled by a Session Manager process such as preference and configuration editing, and batch job control. Commands eml [eml application arguments] [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]... The eml command starts an EML application shell that parses the specified script(s) or standard input (if no script is specified). The eml command is normally not used within an EML script, but rather is only used on the UNIX command line because the application is intended to be a Session Manager.

eml application arguments → [list] [debug] [show code] [show trace] [macro list file] [macro list format] [startup string] [rpc flag] [EML script]... The eml application arguments are specific to the eml application.

list → -list This option causes some underlying EMLparts to print messages in some circumstances. It is for debugging purposes only, and could lock up EML.

debug → -debug This option causes every token parsed by EMLto be printed. It is for debugging purposes only, and could lock up EML.

show code → -c This option currenlty has no effect.

show trace → -t 71

eml This option makes EML produce a trace of EML opcodes as they are executed. It is for debugging purposes only, and could lock up EML.

macro list file → -macrolistfile %w The macro list file argument specifies an output file that is to be used to record the names of the EML macro files as they are processed by the EML parser.

macro list format → -macrolistformat %s The macro list format argument specifies a printf-type format string to be used to write the EML macro file names to the macro list file. The default format string is “%s\n”.

startup string → -startupstring %s This option overrides the first line displayed in the initial startup dialog. It usually describes what sort of product is being run. An alternate approach would be to change the contents of the .eml file.

rpc flag → -norpc This flag disables the operation of the RPC service. Disabling RPC service may cause parts of the Imagine system not to work..

EML script → %w The EML script argument names an ERDAS Macro Language script file to be parsed. At most 1024 script files may be specified. If no script file is specified, the eml application will attempt to read a script from standard input.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument → [Window System Initialization argument] [EML Library argument] All EML-based applications can take command line arguments that will be assumed to be arguments suitable for the window system initialization call (XtInitialize under UNIX), or the EML Library initialization call. These arguments will be processed at some time during the call to the EML Library initialization routine, eeml_Init.

Window System Initialization argument → %s Arguments suitable for the window system initialization call will be processed first and are documented in the relevant window system documentation (e.g., X Window System Toolkit documentation on UNIX).

72

eml

EML Library argument → [emlscreen] Any arguments that are not used by the window system initialization call will be interpreted as arguments for EML Library initialization. These are documented below.

emlscreen → -emlscreen %d The emlscreen argument causes the EML Library to direct display of the dialogs related to the application to the designated screen. When the EML or Window System Initialization argument’s are delivered to an application as part of an application command, only the EML Library initializationrelated arguments will be processed.Therefore, it is not advisable to make window system initialization arguments part of an application command contained in an EML script. These arguments should generally only be used when the EML application is invoked from the command line or as part of a ‘Spawn’ command. Functions None.

73

emta_start

emta_start Description The ERDAS magnetic tape server start-up script. Commands emta_start [showStatus] [startupDir] [serverHost] The emta_start command starts the ERDAS magnetic tape server. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

showStatus → -s Specifies that the return status of the invoked tapeserver program should be echoed to stdout. By default the script echoes nothing unless there is a failure starting the tapeserver program in which case a diagnostic message is echoed to stderr.

startupDir → -d directory → -d %w Specifies the startup directory to use to invoke emta_start on a remote machine if serverHost is not NULL. By default this is $IMAGINE_HOME/bin as evaluated on the local machine.

serverHost → %s Specifies the remote host upon which to invoke emta_start for purposes of starting the magnetic tape server on a remote host. The remote start-up is attempted through the UNIX rsh command.

74

enter_codewd

enter_codewd Description The ERDAS Codeword entry/edit program. Commands enter_codewd [path] The enter_codewd command allows the user to enter new or additional codewords for the ERDAS license server. This command can only be run from the OS command shell because it reads stdin.

path → %s Specifies the directory path to the codeword file, erdas_codewords. The default is $IMAGINE_HOME/etc.

75

erdmaster

erdmaster Description The ERDAS license server Commands erdmaster [logfile] [path] [audit] The erdmaster command starts the ERDAS license server. The license server authorizes the use of ERDAS IMAGINE applications. It is intended to be run from the OS command shell.

logfile → -l file → -l %s This option specifies a log file to which diagnostic output will be directed. If this option is specified, the license broker will run as a daemon. By default, the license broker will run in the foreground and diagnostic information will be directed to stderr.

path → -p directory → -p %w This option overrides the default path from which the *modules.lst files and the erdas_codewords file are read. By default, erdmaster will look for *modules.lst files in $IMAGINE_HOME/install. It will look for the erdas_codewords file in $IMAGINE_HOME/etc. By specifying an alternate path, you can tell erdmaster to look for both kinds of files in directory.

audit → -a This option tells erdmaster to generate messages to the diganostic output whenever authorization is granted, denied or returned to the license server.

76

eshuffle

eshuffle Description C Programmers’ Toolkit header file unscrambling program Commands eshuffle filename The eshuffle command unscrambles the C Programmers’ Toolkit header files so they may be used to develop applications with the C Programmers’ Toolkit. The IMAGINE Toolkit Module license is required to run this program. This program is intended to be run from the OS command shell.

filename → %w The name of the file to be unscrambled.

77

etakarc

etakarc Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a Etak file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (etakarc), and for forking the child process. See file importetak.c in importetak module for example.

78

exportarcgen

exportarcgen Description Convert ARC/INFO coverages to generate-format files. Commands exportarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [feature] This command converts a coverage into Arc Generate format file. The coordinates and USER-IDs for arcs, or points or tics, are written to the output file, but the feature attribute information is not transferred.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out output_file → -out %s Full path of the output Arc Generate file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s The feature class for which x, y coordinate values will be written to output file. Valid options are LINE, POLY, TIC, POINT. The default is ARC. Function None

79

exportarcinterchange

exportarcinterchange Description Create an interchange file (.e00 file) for an Arc/Info coverage or grid. Commands exportarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [type] [compression] [maxlines] This command converts a coverage or a grid into an Arc/Info exchange file. The interchange file preserves everything of the original dataset and can be converted back on any platform that runs IMAGINE or Arc/Info.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Full path of the input Arc/Info coverage or grid.

outputname → -out outputfile → -out %s Full path of the output Arc interchange file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] data_type → -t[ype] %s Specify whether the input data set is a coverage or a grid. Valid choices are COVER or GRID. The default is COVER

comppression→ -c[ompression] compression_type → c[ompression] %s Specifies how numbers and blanks will be compressed in the output file(s). Options are FULL or PARTIAL or NONE. Default is FULL

maxlines → -max[lines] line_number → -max[lines] %d Maximum number of lines for each volume (i.e. a disk file) of an interchange file. A volume has the extension from .e00 to .e99. Useful if the interchange file is too large. If this option is not used, only one volume (.e00) will be created. Function None

80

exportdem

exportdem Description Export raster data to a USGS DEM (Digital Elevation Model) file. Commands spawn exportdem inputname outputname [gui] [list] [bands] [mapnumber] [maptype] [meter] [optionsfile] [header] This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) DEM file from an .img file. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] output → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

list → -list List (to Standard Output) the extents of the maps of the specified maptype that are contained within the input file. The export operation will not be performed if -list is specified.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

81

exportdem Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. For this application, only one band may be exported at a time.

mapnumber → -map[num[ber]] mapnum→ -map[num[ber]] %d Specify which map is exported. The extent of each map contained within the input image may be printed via the -list option.

maptype → -maptype type Specify which type of Digital Elevation Model to produce. Consult Data Users Guide 5 from US GeoData for the specific characteristics of each elevation model.

type → 7.5minute | 30minute | 1degree | 7.5alaska | 15alaska meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone }

header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DEM header. This is the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more

82

exportdem values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows. (Consult Data Users Guide 5 from US GeoData for the meaning of numeric quantities.) FileName %s FreeText %s Filler1 %s ProcessCode %s SectionalIndicator %s MCOriginCode %s DEMLevelCode %d ElevationPatternCode %d PlanimetricUnitCode %d ElevationUnitCode %d LargestPrimaryContourInterval %d LargestPrimaryIntervalUnits %d SmallestPrimaryContourInterval %d SmallestPrimaryIntervalUnits %d DataSourceDate %d DataInspRevDate %d InspectionRevisionFlag %d DataValidationFlag %d SuspectVoidAreaFlag %d VoidPixelMin %f VoidPixelMax %f VerticalDatum %d HorizontalDatum %d DataEdition %d WestEdgeMatch %d NorthEdgeMatch %d EastEdgeMatch %d SouthEdgeMatch %d VerticalDatumShift %f DatumStatsAvailable %d DatumAccuracyX %d DatumAccuracyY %d DatumAccuracyZ %d DatumSampleSize %d

83

exportdem DemStatsAvailable %d DemAccuracyX %d DemAccuracyY %d DemAccuracyZ %d DemSampleSize %d Functions None

84

exportdfad

exportdfad Description Export a whole workspace to a single DFAD manuscript file. Commands exportdfad inputname outputname [gui] This command creates a DFAD manuscript from the coverages of a workspace.

inputname → -in input_workspace--> -in %s The name of the Arc/Info workspace to be converted. All coverages to be converted must be in the same workspace, have the same data structure generated by importdfad, and have the same prefix. Coverages must be named as DS.

outputname → -out out_dfad → -out %s The name of the DFAD manuscript file to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE. Functions None

85

exportdlg

exportdlg Description Export ARC/INFO coverages to an US Geological Survey DLG file. Commands exportdlg inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [projection] [header] [shift] [compress] This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey DLG file (DLG-3 Optional format) from Arc/ Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s The name of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out dlg_name → -out %s Specify the name of the output DLG file (DLG-3 Optional format).

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an optional input point coverage.

projection → -proj[ection] prj_filename → -proj[ection] %s Specify an optional input projection file.

header → -h[eader] header_file → -h[eader] %s Specify an optional input header file.

shift → -s[hift] x_shift y_shift → -s[hift] %f %f Constant values to be added to all coverage x-coordinates (x_shift) and all coverage y-coordinates (y_shift) during the conversion to DLG. The default values are 0.

compress → -c[ompress] Use this option to compress the output DLG file.

86

exportdlg Functions None

87

exportdoq

exportdoq Description Export raster data to a USGS DOQ (Digital Ortho Quad) file. Commands spawn exportdoq inputname outputname [gui] [list] [bands] [mapnumber] [maptype] [meter] [optionsfile] [secondarydatum] [header] This command creates a U.S. Geological Survey DOQ file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] output → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

list → -list List the extents of the quad or quarter-quad maps contained within the input file to standard output. The export operation will not be performed if -list is specified.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. For this application, only one band may be exported at a time.

88

exportdoq

mapnumber → -map[num[ber]] mapnum→ -map[num[ber]] %d Specify which map is exported. The extent of each map contained within the input image may be printed via the -list option.

maptype → -maptype type Specify whether a Full or Quarter Quadrangle DOQ is to be produced.

type → full | quarter meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone }

secondarydatum → -second[ary[datum]] datumname Specify the name of the secondary datum to be used.

datumname → nad27 | old_hawaii | puerto_rico header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s

89

exportdoq Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DOQ header. This is the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows: quadrangleName %s nation1 %s nation2 %s state1 %s state2 %s state3 %s state4 %s state1county1 %s state1county2 %s state1county3 %s state1county4 %s state1county5 %s state2county1 %s state2county2 %s state2county3 %s state2county4 %s state2county5 %s state3county1 %s state3county2 %s state3county3 %s state3county4 %s state3county5 %s state4county1 %s state4county2 %s state4county3 %s state4county4 %s state4county5 %s descriptiveText %s producerCode %s elevationUnits %d minElevation %f maxElevation %f

90

exportdoq groundResolutionX %f groundResolutionY %f groundResolutionZ %f largestPrimaryContourInterval %d largestPrimaryContourIntervalUnits %d smallestPrimaryContourInterval %d smallestPrimaryContourIntervalUnits %d suspectAndVoidAreas %d horizDoqAccuracy %f verticalDoqAccuracy %f numDoqHorizTestPoints %d productionSystem %s productionDate %s filmType %s sourcePhotoId %s mosaickedImage %d leafOff %d sourcePhotoDate %s focalLength %f sourcePhotoFlyingHeight %d scannerType %s scanningResolution %f %f scannerSamplingResolution %f %f Functions None

91

exportdxf

exportdxf Description Export Arc/Info coverages to an AUTOCAD ASCII DXF file. Commands exportdxf inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] [decimal] [format] This command converts Arc/Info coverage(s) to an AUTOCAD ASCII Drawing Interchange Format (DXF) file.

inputname → -in incover → -in %s Specify the input coverage name.

outputname → -out outdxf → -out %s Specify the name of the output DXF file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

pointcov → -pnt[cov] point_cover → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an input point coverage to convert to DXF.

decimal → -d[ecimal] decimal_places → -d[ecimal] %d Specify the number of decimal places for coordinates and other data in the DXF file. The range of acceptable values is from 0 to 16. The default is 2.

format → -f[ormat] dxf_format → -f[ormat] %d Specify whether the output DXF file is in ASCII or binary format. Valid options are ASCII (the default) or BINARY. Functions None

92

exportgen

exportgen Description Export raster data to a raw binary file. Commands spawn exportgen inputname outputname [gui] [format] [multiplefilebsq] [pixeltype] [reversebytes] [stretchopt] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [header] [blockingfactor] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates a raw binary file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → outputfile | outputtape Specify the destination for the export.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

outputtape → -dev[ice[name]]] outputtape → -dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the output tape device.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

format → -for[mat] formattype Specify the type of interleaving (BIL, BIP or BSQ) of the output file.

format → bil | bip | bsq

93

exportgen

multiplefilebsq → -mult[iple[file[bsq]]] Use this flag if exporting in BSQ format to a tape, and you want an End Of File (EOF) mark to be written after each band.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64 reversebytes → -rev[erse[bytes]] Reverse byte order (Big-Endian to Little-Endian or vice versa) for 16-bit and larger data types.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range] Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values, improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

contrast → -contrast Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had some form of contrast adjustment.

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %s Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for floating pixels.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

94

exportgen

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

header → -header[file] [headerfilename] → -header[file] [%s] Write out a 1024-byte header file. If exporting to tape, it will be written before the data. If exporting to file, if headerfilename is not specified, it will be saved to the same directory and name as the output file, with the extension “.hdr”.

blockingfactor → -blockingfactor blockfactor → -blockingfactor %d Specify the blocking factor (number of logical records per physical record) of the output tape.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { 95

exportgen inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

96

exportgis

exportgis Description Export raster data to an ERDAS 7.x GIS file. Commands spawn exportgis inputname outputname [gui] [pixeltype] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an ERDAS 7.x GIS file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u4 | u8 | u16 upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright

97

exportgis options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

98

exportgrass

exportgrass Description Export raster data to a GRASS coverage. Commands spawn exportgrass inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates a GRASS coverage from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

99

exportgrass Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

100

exportgrid

exportgrid Description Export raster data to a GRID coverage. Commands spawn exportgrid inputname outputname [gui] [stretchopt] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [colorfile] [postfix] [silent] [meter] [optionsfile] [batch] This command creates a GRID coverage from an .img file. Multiple-band images are exported as multiple ESRI GRID coverages. Each coverage is named using the convention gridfile + postfix + layernum, where gridfile is the output filename specified, postfix is the string “_layer_”, unless changed by the postfix option, and layernum is the number of the IMAGINE raster layer being exported. Since GRID coverages do not contain color information, an ASCII file containing the red, green and blue values will be created for images containing a color table. By default, the name of the colorfile is the same as the output coverage name, with a .clr extension, unless changed by the colorfile option.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output GRID coverage (see above).

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range] Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values, improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

101

exportgrid

contrast → -contrast Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had some form of contrast adjustment.

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %s Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for floating pixels.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

colorfile → -color[file] colorfilename → -color[file] %s Specify the name of the output color file.

postfix → -post[fix] postfixstring → -post[fix] %s Change the name of the postfix string used to construct coverage names when exporting multiple layers.

102

exportgrid

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

silent → -silent Do not connect to the session manager or show a progress meter. This is used by other applications which call exportgrid.

batch → -batch Signal that the application is being run in Batch mode.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

103

exportiges

exportiges Description Export ARC/INFO coverages to IGES v.3.0 files. Commands exportiges inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [header] This command creates an Initial Graphics Exchange Standard (IGES) version 3.0 files from Arc/Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s The name of the input Arc/Info coverage.

outputname → -out iges_name → -out %s Specify the name of the output iges file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an optional input point coverage.

header → -h[eader] header_file → -h[eader] %s The name of an input text file containing information to be written to the Start and Global sections of the IGES file, as well as the information to control other aspects of the conversions. Functions None

104

exportjfif

exportjfif Description Export raster data to a JFIF (JPEG File Interchange format) file. Commands spawn exportjfif inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates a JFIF file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

105

exportjfif

contrast → -contrast[mult[iplier]] multiplier → -contrast[mult[iplier]] %f If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are run through the contrast table and multiplied by multiplier before being written to the output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %f Perform a standard deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → -opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

106

exportlan

exportlan Description Export raster data to an ERDAS 7.x LAN file. Commands spawn exportlan inputname outputname [gui] [pixeltype] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an ERDAS 7.x LAN file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype Specify the data type of the output file. By default, it will be the same as the input.

pixtype → u4 | u8 | u16 upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

107

exportlan

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

contrast → -con[trast] multiplier → -con[trast] %f If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are run through the contrast table and multiplied by multiplier before being written to the output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → -opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

108

exportovr2dxf

exportovr2dxf Description Export annotation data to an AutoCAD DXF file. Commands spawn exportovr2dxf inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [binary] [meter] This command creates a DXF file from an .ovr file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

overwrite → -o[verwrite] Overwrite the existing output file, if it exists.

binary → -bin[ary] Write out a binary DXF file. By default, and ASCII file is written.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Functions None

109

exportpcx

exportpcx Description Export raster data to a PCX file. Commands spawn exportpcx inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates a PCX file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ...

110

exportpcx Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

contrast → -con[trast] If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are run through the contrast table and multiplied by 255 before being written to the output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %f Perform a standard-deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

111

exportsdts

exportsdts Description Export Arc/Info coverages to SDTS Topological Vector Profile transfer files (TVP). SDTS is a large standard composed of smaller, more limited subsets that are federally approved as a part of the SDTS FIPS 173 standard. These subsets are called profiles. The Topological Vector Profile designed specifically for planar vector data with topology is the only profile supported by this exporter. Commands exportsdts inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] [controlfile] This command creates SDTS topological vector profile transfer files from Arc/Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Specify the polygon coverage to export. The coverage must be topologically clean (no mask file) and have projection information.

outputname → -out sdts_prefix → -out %s The prefix of the output SDTS files. It can not be more than 4 characters long.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an optional input point coverage to be exported along with the polygon coverage.

controlfile→ -control[file] control_file→ -control[file] %s Specify an optional conversion control file.

Functions None

112

exportsdtsraster

exportsdtsraster Description Export raster data to an SDTS Raster Profile transfer. Commands spawn exportsdtsraster inputname outputfile [gui] [stretchopt] [bands] [interleave] [meter] [upperleft] [lowerright] [optionsfile] [header] This command creates a Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) transfer that conforms to the Raster Profile from an .img file. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input .img file.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] output → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file, ideally the name of the IDEN module file. An SDTS transfer contains a large number of files with similar names. The identification module is named xxxxIDEN.DDF, where xxxx is the prefix common to all files in the transfer. If the output name does not conform to the naming convention, a subdirectory will be created and files with names that that do not match the convention will be created in that subdirectory.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

stretchopt → { contrast | standarddev } [range] Data stretch options enhance the contrast of the output dataset by modifying the pixel values. This can increase the difference between the highest and lowest pixel values, improving viewability in some cases. However, altering the pixel values may not always be desirable. These options apply to athematic data only.

contrast → -contrast Apply contrast table to pixel values. This option only applies to images that have had some form of contrast adjustment.

113

exportsdtsraster

standarddev → -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -std[dev[s]] %s Stretch the pixel values to the indicated number of standard deviations. This option applies to images which have statistics available.

range → -stretch[range] min max → -stretch[range] %f %f This modifies the range that a constrast stretch applies to. By default, the pixel values are stretched to the entire range of an integer pixel data type, or to a large number for floating pixels.

bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file

114

exportsdtsraster bands 2 meter percentdone }

header → -headerfile headerfilename → -headerfile %s Specify the name of the file containing additional information for the DEM header. This is the same information which is entered in the various Header Information dialogs. The header file is a simple ASCII file, in which each line contains a token and one or more values related to the token. Syntax for the header file is as follows. imagetitle %s datasetid %s datastruct %s mapdate %s creationdate %s scale %s idencomment %s irefcomment %s xrefcomment %s interleave %s lineage %s positionalaccuracy %s attributeaccuracy %s logconsistency %s completeness %s spatialdomain %s map %s theme %s domcomment %s classification %s control %s release %s reviewdate %s reviewinstr %s seccomment %s pixellabel %s Consult FIPS 173 or ANSI X3L1-1995-009.1 for details of SDTS subfields. The interleave

115

exportsdtsraster keyword is not an SDTS subfield: it is meaningful only when exporting a multi-spectral image, and has one of two values: GI (BSQ) GL (BIP) GI encoding is similar to Band Sequential (BSQ) encoding, where each layer is placed into its own cell module. GL encoding is similar to Band Interleaved by Pixel encoding (BIP), and all layers are stored in a single cell module. GL is usually faster to produce and process, but for a large dataset, or a dataset with several bands, GI may be preferable because the individual files are smaller. NOTE on embedded new-line characters: Some of these descriptions can get quite lengthy, which means it might be desirable to include a new-line character. The format of the header file allows exactly one attribute per line, so it is not possible to include a newline directly. To embed a new-line in one of the string values, include character 0x04 (CtrlD) instead, and the exporter will convert that character to new-line in the target field. Functions None

116

exportshape

exportshape Description Export Arc/Info coverages to ArcView Shapefile. Shapefile is a data format that is used by ArcView to handle spatial data and their attributes. Shapefile is non-topological data. It consists of three files: the main file (.shp), the index file (.shx), and the attribute file (a dBase table .dbf). There are four types of shapes: Points, Multipoints, Arcs and Polygons. This exporter will take one of the coverage's features and export it to a shapefile. Commands exportshape inputname outputname [gui] [feature] This command creates a shapefile from an Arc/Info coverage. Only one feature type can be exported at a time.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Specify a coverage to export. The coverage must have the particular type of features to export.

outputname → -out shape_prefix → -out %s The prefix of the output shape files. It cannot be more than 8 characters long in order to conform to the 8.3 naming convention.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature→ -f[eature] feature_class→ -f[eature] %s The particular feature class to be exported. Only one feature type can be exported at a time. The valid options are: tic, arc, polygon, point, or node. With the exception of tics, any feature to be exported must also have a corresponding attribute table (PAT, AAT or NAT) to create the .dbf file. If not, build the proper topology and then export. In addition, labels (points) of a polygon coverage cannot be exported since they are not recognized as a feature type in a polygon coverage. In such a case, a point coverage can be created by copying the labels and the point attributes, and then exported. Function None

117

exporttiff

exporttiff Description Export raster data to a TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) file. Commands spawn exporttif inputname outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [byteorder] [contrast] [stddevs] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates a TIFF file from an .img file.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] input → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... 118

exporttiff Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

byteorder → -byteorder byteordertype → -byteorder %s Write out the TIFF file with the specified byte order. Normally, TIFF files are exported with the same byte order as the machine on which they are produced, and it is the responsibility of TIFF readers to read both types. However, there are a few crippled TIFF readers which only read one type.

byteordertype → intel | motorola contrast → -con[trast] If a contrast table exists in the input file and this option is used, the input pixel values are run through the contrast table and multiplied by 255 before being written to the output file. Contrast table values range from 0.0 (minimum brightness) to 1.0 (maximum brightness).

stddevs→ -std[dev[s]] standarddeviations → -meter %s Perform a standard deviation stretch on the data when exporting. Specify the number of standard deviations from the mean pixel value which will be mapped to the darkest and brightest values in the output file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file

119

exporttiff bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

120

exporttiger

exporttiger Description Export ARC/INFO coverages to sets of post census-format TIGER files. Commands exporttiger inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [landmark_cov] This command converts a set of ARC/INFO coverages into a set of U.S. Bureau of Census TIGER/LINE files.

inputname → -in in_cover → -in %s Specify the name of the coverage containing all the basic line features and attribute data.

outputname → -out tiger_prefix → -out %s Specify the tiger file name prefix for files to be written. File names will include the prefix concatenated with the record type identifier. The file prefix may include a directory path name and extension.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -p[ointcov] cover_name → -p[ointcov] %s Specify the name of an input coverage containing point features that represent polygon label points for polygons in the in_cover.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s The input coverage containing landmark point features. Functions None

121

exportvpf

exportvpf Description Export an ARC/INFO coverage to a VPF coverage or export an INFO file to a VPF table. Commands exportvpf inputname outputname [gui] [type] [tile] [control] [extra] [fit] This command converts converts an ARC/INFO coverage or an INFO file to VPF (Vector Product Format) coverage or a VPF table file.

inputname → -in in_file → -in %s Specify the name of the Arc/Info coverage or INFO file to be converted.

outputname → -out out_vpf → -out %s Specify the name of the VPF table or coverage to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

tile → -t[ile] tile_name → -t[ile] %s The name of the VPF tile to be created. This option is only valid with COVER option. The tile name will be append to the out_vpf path.

type → -t[ype] input_type → -t[ype] %s Specify whether an INFO table or an Arc/Info coverage will be converted. Options are COVER or TABLE. COVER is the default.

control → -c[ontrol] control_file → -c[ontrol] %s A file used to drop, add, change, or ignore items and other info during conversion. It is a ASCII file that can be prepared by the user. Arc/Info manual has details on how to write a control file.

extra → -extra [enableflag] → -extra [%s] Specifies whether non-standard Arc/Info tables will be converted. Set the flag to ON (the default) to cause all Arc/Info files to be converted. This is important if you want to convert the VPF file back to Arc/Info later. Otherwise, only the Arc/Info files necessary

122

exportvpf to create a the VPF cover or Table will be converted. Set it ON or OFF.

fit → -fit [enableflag] → -fit %s Set the fit flag to TRUE or FALSE.The default is FALSE. Functions None

123

exprojections

exprojections Description This program performs projection transformations of BP external projections. Commands exprojections This command takes no argument. It is used by ERDAS projection package to perform BP external projection transformations. The input and output information of the program is dealt with through pipes. Functions None

124

fft

fft Description Generate the Fourier Transform of an image. Commands job fft imgfile fftfile [meter] Generate the Fourier Transform of imgfile and place the results in fftfile.

meter → -meter meterstring Display the percentage complete as the program executes. Functions None. References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975. Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988; ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

125

fftauto

fftauto Description Remove periodic noise from an image. Commands job fftauto inputfile outputfile [bands] [threshold] [minfreq] [meter] Remove periodic noise artifacts in inputfile by applying a Fourier Transform to overlapping 128-by-128-pixel blocks, averaging the results, and using the average to construct a frequency-domain filter. The resulting image is written to outputfile.

bands→ -bands layer1 [layer2] ... Specify which layers are noise-corrected. By default, all layers wil be processed.

threshold → -t[hreshold] thresholdvalue → -t[hreshold] %f Specify the “zero threshold” of the filter. Any filter values less than thresholdvalue * (maximum filter value) is set to zero. The default value is 0.1.

minfreq→ -min[freq] minfreqvalue→ -min[freq] %f Specify the minimum spacial frequency value that is affected by the filter. The default value is 3.0.

meter → -meter meterstring Display the percentage complete as the program executes. Functions None.

126

ffteditor

ffteditor Description Perform Freqency Domain editing on an .fft image. Commands ffteditor Start the Fourier Editor. Functions newwindow() Bring up a new, empty Fourier Editor window. openfile(filename, layernum) Load the layernumth layer from the FFT file filename, clearing any previous contents. The first layer is Layer 1.

filename → %s layernum → %d savefile() Save the currently displayed FFT layer to the file. saveas(savefilename) Save the currently displayed FFT layer to the file savefilename.

savefilename → %s saveall() Apply the editing operations which have been performed on the currently displayed FFT layer to each layer in the file. undo() Undo the previous edit.

127

ffteditor revert() Undo all edits (revert back to last saved version). clearit() Clear the contents of the window. closeit() Close the window.

closeall() Close all windows and exit the program.

dofilter(filtertype) Begin accepting mouse input for filter filtertype. If filtertype is select, return the behavior to select (no filter).

filtertype → select | lowpass | highpass | circle | rectangle | wedge setdefaultfilterfunc(windowtype) Set the type of window function to use when filtering.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine setdefaultminfreq(minfreq) Set the default minimum spatial frequency value that will be affected by the circle, rectangle, and wedge filters. filterit(windowtype, cutoff, lowval, highval) Perform a lowpass or highpass filter function on the data, with window function windowtype, cutoff radius cutoff, low-frequency value lowval, and high-frequency value highval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine 128

ffteditor

cutoff → %f lowval → %f highval → %f circleit(windowtype, xcenter, ycenter, radius, centerval) Perform a circular filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the center of the circle at (xcenter, ycenter), with radius radius, and gain in the center of the circle of centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine xcenter → %f ycenter → %f radius → %f centerval → %f rectangleit(windowtype, ulx, uly, lrx, lry, centerval) Perform a rectangular filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the upper-left corner of the rectangle at (ulx, uly) and lower-right corner of the rectangle at (lrx, lry), and gain in the center of the rectangle of centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine ulx → %f uly → %f lrx → %f lry → %f centerval → %f

129

ffteditor wedgeit(windowtype, centerangle, width, centerval) Perform a wedge filter on the data, with window function windowtype, the center line of the wedge at centerangle, the angle width of the wedge of width, and gain in the center line of the wedge of centerval.

windowtype → ideal | triangle | butterworth | gaussian | cosine centerangle → %f width → %f centerval → %f fftname() Return the name of the file current displayed in the window. filterfuncc() Return the name of the currently chosen window type (“ideal”, “triangle”, “butterworth”, “gaussian”, or “cosine”). minfreqq() Return the current minimum affected frequency value.

130

ffthmorph

ffthmorph Description Enhance imagery by using a homomorphic filtering process. Commands job ffthmorph inputfile outputfile [highgain] [lowgain] [cutoff] [meter] This application uses an illumination/reflectance model. It is often used to bring out detail in shadowed areas. The pixel values of an image may be thought of as the product of illumination and reflectance components. Since illumination tends to change more slowly than reflectance, illumination is associated with the low-frequency components of an image; reflectance is associated with the high frequency parts. To bring out more detail in the image, the user can independently vary the effects of illumination and reflectance in the image.

highgain → -high[gain] gainvalue → -high[gain] %f Specify the value by which to multiply the reflectance (high frequency) component of the image. A value between zero and 1 will decrease reflectance in the output image. A value greater than 1increases reflectance.

lowgain → -low[gain] gainvalue → -low[gain] %f Specify the value by which to multiply the illumination (low frequency) component of the image. A value between zero and 1 will decrease illumination in the output image. A value greater than 1increases illumination.

cutoff → -cutoff cutoffvalue → -cutoff %f Specify the frequency which determines high and low spatial frequencies. Frequencies below this value are considered low frequencies, and above this value are considered high frequencies.

meter → -meter meterstring Display the percentage complete as the program executes. Functions None.

131

fftinverse

fftinverse Description Generate the Inverse Fourier Transform of an image Commands job fftinverse fftfile imgfile [ignorezeros] [meter] Generate the Inverse Fourier Transform of fftfile and place the results in imgfile.

ignorezeros → -i[gnorezeros] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -m[eter] meterstring → -m[eter] %s Display the percentage complete as the program executes. Functions None. References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975. Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988; ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

132

fftmag

fftmag Description Compute the magnitude of a Fourier Transform (FFT) file. Commands job fftmag fftfile magfile [ignorezeros] [halfspectrum] [noshift] [meter] Compute the magnitude of fftfile and place the results in magfile. magfile is an .img file which contains the log magnitude of the spectrum stored in fftfile. The final result is scaled from 0 to 255 for each band.

ignorezeros → -i[gnorezeros] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

halfspectrum → -h[alfspectrum] The FFT of a real-valued image has symmetry through the origin. Therefore, the magnitude of the left and right halves of the spectrum are mirror images. If this option is specified, the application only produces the magnitude spectrum of the left half of the image. It therefore executes more quickly and requires less storage than computing the entire spectrum.

noshift → -n[oshift] Normally the spectrum is shifted so that the spectral origin (DC component) is centered. If the halfspectrum option is also enabled, the spectrum is only shifted vertically. Otherwise, the spectrum is shifted both vertically and horizontally. If noshift is specified, the spectrum is not shifted and the spectral origin appears at the upper left corner of the output image.

meter → -meter meterstring Display the percentage complete as the program executes. Functions None.

133

fftmag References

Digital Signal Processing; Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer; Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ; 1975. Numerical Recipes in C; William H. Press et al; Cambridge University Press, New York; 1988; ISBN 0-521-35465-X.

134

fonttablemaker

fonttablemaker Description ASCII Character Font Table Maker Commands fonttablemaker [blob] [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]... The fonttablemaker command displays a dialog for creating a character font table.

blob → -b[lob] Adds a annotation group of elements in the upper left corner of the first page. The source code for this program is also the example for annotation. This give the programmer an example of creating different annotation objects of different styles.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments. Functions Document Context Functions The context for all of the application functions listed below is the fonttablemaker dialog.

fontlist = getFontList ( ) The getFontList function returns the list of available annotation fonts.

fontlist → %s The returned fontlist is an array of strings of font names. makefonttablemap ( mapname xsize ysize units fontname ) The makefonttablemap function causes a font table map composition to be created.

mapname → %s The name of the map to be created.

xsize → %f The width of one page of the map. Two pages of this width will be created.

135

fonttablemaker

ysize → %f The height of the map page.

units → %s The units of the xsize and ysize specified.

fontname → %s The name of the font for which to create the table. From the list returned by getFontList(). closeFontTableMaker ( ) The closeFontTableMaker application function closes the fonttablemaker dialog and exits the application.

136

generalize

generalize Description This is an ESRI executable that generalizes arcs for a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (generalize), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for example.

137

generate

generate Description This is an ESRI executable that imports an Arc-Generate file (an Ascii file) to a coveage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (generate), and for forking the child process. See file importarcgen.c in importarcgen module for example.

138

gridline

gridline Description This is an ESRI executable that converts an Arc/Info grid to a line coveage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (gridline), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for example.

139

hfaview

hfaview Description Hierarchical File Viewer. Commands hfaview [filename] Start the Hierarchical File Viewer application. Many files created by IMAGINE are stored in a hierarchical file architecture (HFA) format. This format allows any number of different types of data elements to be stored in the file in a tree-structured fashion. This tree is built of nodes which contain a variety of types of data. The contents of the nodes can be viewed using this utility. Some of the files stored in this format include: .img, .aoi, .fft, .gcc, .ovr, .sig. If filename is present, load file into the window upon startup.

filename → %s Functions newhfaview() Bring up a new, empty HfaView window. hfaviewclose() Close the current window. hfaviewcloseall() Close all HfaView windows and exit the program. hfafileopen(filename) Load filename into the window, clearing any previous contents.

filename → %s isfileopen() Determine whether or not an HFA file is currently opened. savenodecontents(filename)

140

hfaview Save the contents of the current node to the ASCII file filename.

filename → %s opennode() Descend into the current node. closenode() Go up to the parent node of the current node. prevnode() Go to the previous sibling before the current node. nextnode() Go to the next sibling after the current node. searchnode(searchtext) Search the Node Contents for searchtext, and highlight the next occurrence of searchtext if found.

searchtext → %s hfaviewcopy() Copy the currently selected text to the IMAGINE paste buffer. setcurrentnode(nodename) Set the current node to nodename.

nodename → %s updatenodecontents(childname) Update the displayed node contents when an item in the Node List is chosen. displaysearchframe() Display the Text Search frame.

141

hfaview undisplaysearchframe() Remove the Text Search frame.

142

igesarc

igesarc Description This is an ESRI executable that converts an IGES file to a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (igesarc), and for forking the child process. See file importiges.c in importiges module for example.

143

imageinfo

imageinfo Description The imageinfo application provides information about files containing raster imagery. The application allows all relevant information, such as the number of raster layers, the layer sizes, the layer pixel types, etc., to be viewed. Much of the information can also be edited and printed. Commands imageinfo [image] [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]... The imageinfo command displays a new imageinfo window.

image → -image %w The image option of the imageinfo command will initialize the new imageinfo window with information from the file specified in the option.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments. imageinfo -new The imageinfo -new command will display a new imageinfo window. imageinfo -start The imageinfo -start command will re-display the currently active imageinfo window, if it exists.

144

imageinfo Functions Document Context Functions The context for all of the application functions listed below is the imageinfo document window. A currently selected image layer can be obtained from the imageinfo document window. References to the currently selected image layer below always refer to the currently selected image layer in the imageinfo document window represented by the context of the function call. Be aware that some of these application functions may be sensitive to the states (enabled/ disabled) and values of frameparts in the imageinfo dialog that are not directly referenced in the application function call.

skip = getSkipFactorCB ( [skipDirection] ) The getSkipFactorCB function retrieves the specified skip factor for the currently selected image layer.

skip → %d The returned skip is an integer number designating the current skip factor used for statistics calculation for the layer.

skipDirection → { “x” | “y” } The skipDirection option allows the retrieved skip factor to be designated. If skipDirection is NULL, the “x” skip factor will be retrieved. ivChangeLayerType ( ) The ivChangeLayerType function changes the layer type of the currently selected image layer. The function will only change ATHEMATIC layers to THEMATIC layers or THEMATIC layers to ATHEMATIC layers. ivChangeMap ( ) The ivChangeMap function displays the “Change Map Info” dialog and initializes it with information from the currently selected image layer. ivChangePrj ( ) The ivChangePrj function invokes the projection editor with the projection information of the currently selected image layer. ivComputePyramid ( [algorithm [, externalFlag]] ) The ivComputePyramid function will cause all of the reduced resolution datasets for all

145

imageinfo layers of the image file that have invalid reduced-resolution datasets to be re-computed. The function will do nothing but print a message if all of the reduced-resolution datasets appear to be current and valid.

algorithm → { “2X2” | “4X4” } The algorithm option allows the computation kernel to be specified. If algorithm is NULL, a “2X2” kernel will be used.

externalFlag → { 0 | 1 } The externalFlag option allows the reduced resolution datasets to be created in a file that is separate from the image file. If externalFlag is NULL or 0, the RRDs will be stored with the imagery. Otherwise, they will be stored separately from the imagery. ivComputeStats ( allLayersFlag , ignoreValueFlag , ignoreValue , binFunctionType , binCount , aoiDesignation , skipX , skipY ) The ivComputeStats function recomputes statistics according to the options specified in its argument list.

allLayersFlag → { 0 | 1 } The allLayersFlag option specifies whether or not statistics should be re-computed only on the currently selected image layer or on all of the layers in the image file. If the value is 1, statistics for every layer in the image file will be re-computed. Otherwise, only the current layer’s statistics will be re-computed.

ignoreValueFlag → { 0 | 1 } The ignoreValueFlag option specifies whether or not any value should be ignored during the statistics computation. If the value is 1, the ignoreValue will be ignored during statistics computation. Otherwise, all data layer values will be considered in the statistics computation.

ignoreValue → %f The ignoreValue represents a specific data layer value that is to be ignored during statistics computation.

binFunctionType → { “Default” | “Direct” | “Linear” | “Log” } The binFunctionType argument designates a bin function to be used for the accumulation of the histogram during statistics computation. If the value is “Default”,

146

imageinfo either a “Direct” or a “Linear” bin function will be used, depending on the pixel type of the layer.

binCount → %d The binCount should be a positive integer indicating the number of bins to be used for the accumulation of the histogram during statistics computation. If the binFunctionType is “Default”, this argument will be ignored.

aoiDesignation → { “none” | “cancel” | %w } The aoiDesignation argument designates an area of interest within which to sample during statistics computation. If the value is “none” or “cancel”, then the entire layer will be used. Otherwise, the area of interest described in the designated file will be used.

skipX → %d skipX should be a positive integer indicating the skip factor in the X direction to be used during statistics computation. skipY → %d skipY should be a positive integer indicating the skip factor in the Y direction to be used during statistics computation. ivCreate ( ) The ivCreate function creates a new imageinfo document window. ivDeleteLayer ( ) The ivDeleteLayer function conditionally deletes the currently selected image layer depending on the results of a user prompt. ivDeleteMap ( ) The ivDeleteMap function conditionally deletes map and projection information from either all image layers or the currently selected image layer, depending on the results of user prompts. ivDeletePrj ( ) The ivDeletePrj function conditionally deletes projection information from either all image layers or the currently selected image layer, depending on the results of user prompts.

147

imageinfo ivDeletePyramid ( ) The ivDeletePyramid function removes all reduced resolution datasets for all layers of the currently selected image file. ivDestroy ( ) The ivDestroy function destroys the document window after closing any currently selected layer. ivDisplayHist ( ) The ivDisplayHist function displays a graph of the histogram for the currently selected image layer, if it is available. If the histogram is already displayed, it will be moved in front of all other windows on the desktop. ivDisplayPixels ( ) The ivDisplayPixels function displays a scrollable cell array allowing individual layer pixel values to be viewed for the currently selected image layer. If the pixel data is already displayed, it will be moved in front of all other windows on the desktop. ivExit ( ) The ivExit function destroys all document windows of the imageinfo application by calling ivDestroy for each document window. ivImageSelected ( imageFileName ) The ivImageSelected function sets the current image file name for the document window. The function does not attempt to open the image file.

imageFileName → %w The imageFileName is the name of a raster image file. ivLayerNameChange ( layerName ) The ivLayerNameChange function changes the layer name of the currently selected image layer to layerName after checking layerName for validity.

layerName → %s The layerName is a character string representing the new name of the image layer.

thematic = ivLayerThematic ( ) The ivLayerThematic function returns a flag indicating whether or not the currently

148

imageinfo selected image layer contains THEMATIC data or not.

thematic → { 0 | 1 } The returned thematic flag is an integer number representing the presence (1) or absence (0) of THEMATIC data.

orientation = ivMapOrientationGet ( ) The ivMapOrientationGet function retrieves the orientation of the map system associated with the currently selected image layer.

orientation → { “oul” | “oll” | “our” | “olr” } The returned orientation is a character string designating an origin in the upper left, an origin in the lower left, an origin in the upper right or an origin in the lower right. ivMapOrientationSet ( orientation ) The ivMapOrientationSet function associates an orientation with the map information collected from the “Change Map Info” dialog.

orientation → { “oul” | “oll” | “our” | “olr” } The orientation should be a character string designating an origin in the upper left, an origin in the lower left, an origin in the upper right, or an origin in the lower right. ivPrint ( ) The ivPrint function causes information associated with the document window to be printed according to print options previously set with the ivPrintOptionsPut function.

optionValue = ivPrintOptionGet ( optionName ) The ivPrintOptionGet function retrieves the option value for the print option named in optionName.

optionValue → { outputType | layerSelection | boolean } The optionValue returned depends on the optionName queried. “printtype” returns an outputType. “printchoices” returns a layerSelection. All of the other option names return a boolean.

outputType → { “Text” | “Postscript” } The outputType designates the output format of the printed information

149

imageinfo

layerSelection → { “Current” | “All” } The layerSelection indicates whether information for all image layers associated with the document window is to be printed or only information for the currently selected image layer is to be printed.

boolean → { 0 | 1 } The boolean return value indicates whether or not the queried optionName is set or not. The optionName should be a character string designating the particular print option to be queried.

optionName → { “printtype” | “printchoices” | “dostats” | “doprojection” | “domap” | “dohist” } The optionName should specify one of the options listed above. ivPrintOptionsPut ( outputType , layerSelection , doStats , doProjection , doMap , doHistogram ) The ivPrintOptionsPut function sets all of the print options for the current document window. The outputType and layerSelection arguments are as described in the ivPrintOptionGet function. The remaining arguments are boolean values indicating whether the pertinent information should be printed. ivRae ( ) The ivRae function invokes the raster attribute editor for the descriptor table of the currently selected image layer. ivViewImage ( ) The ivViewImage function initializes the document window with information from the image file previously set by a call to ivImageSelected.

opened = ivfileOpened ( ) The ivfileOpened function returns a value indicating whether or not the document window has an associated image file opened and displayed.

opened → { 0 | 1 }

A value of 1 indicates that there is an image file opened and displayed in the current document window.

150

imageinfo

writable = ivfilePermission ( ) The ivfilePermission function returns a value indicating whether or not the currently selected image layer may be updated.

writable → { 0 | 1 }

A value of 1 indicates that the currently selected image layer is writable.

151

imagine

imagine Description The IMAGINE start-up script. Commands imagine [EML script]... The imagine command is a csh script that starts IMAGINE. Its purpose is to set the environment for IMAGINE and start the session management process, eml, with an initial startup script or scripts. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

EML script → %w The EML script argument names an ERDAS Macro Language script file to be parsed by the session management process which is invoked by the imagine script.

152

imagine_environment

imagine_environment Description The IMAGINE environment set-up script. Commands source imagine_environment The imagine_environment command is a C shell script that is intended to be source’d in other C shell scripts. The script sets environment variables necessary to run IMAGINE if they are not already set. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell.

153

imgcopy

imgcopy Description Raster image file copying program. Commands job imgcopy sourceFile targetFile The imgcopy command copies the file of imagery, sourceFile, to targetFile.

sourceFile → %w The image file to copy.

targetFile → %w The image file to which sourceFile is to be copied. Functions None.

154

importadrg

importadrg Description Import raster data from an ADRG (Arc Digitized Raster Graphics) CD-ROM. Commands spawn importadrg cdromname outputname [gui] [inputfilename] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an image file on an ADRG CD. If the gui option is not used, then inputfilename must be specified, and job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w The name of the input CD-ROM.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %w The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] %w Specify the full pathname of the image on the CD to import, starting with the root directory of the CD. The leading slash is optional. Example: “/tpus0101/tpus0101.ovr”.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype

155

importadrg Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file } bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, -

156

importadrg outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

157

importadri

importadri Description Import raster data from an ADRI (Arc Digital Raster Imagery) tape. Commands spawn importadri devicename outputname [gui] [skipfiles] [type] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an image on an ADRI tape. If the gui option is not used, then job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

devicename → -dev[ice[name]] name → -dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

skipfiles → -skip[files] numfiles → -skip[files] %d Specify the number of filesets on the tape to skip before beginning to read the data.

type → -type importtype Specify the type of image to import; either the Overview image or the ZDR.

importtype → overview | zdr upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f 158

importadri Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

159

importadri

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

160

important

important Description Import ERDAS 7.x ANT (annotation) files to IMAGINE .ovr files. Commands job important inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [stylelib] [symbollib] [verbose] This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an ERDAS 7.x ANT (annotation) file inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite] Overwrite the existing output annotation layer if it exists.

stylelib → -sty[lelib] styleliblayer Import the style library used by the .ANT file to the given IMAGINE external style library layer.

styleliblayer → %w symbollib → -sym[bollib] symbollib symbolliblayer Import the 7.x symbol library symbollib to the IMAGINE external symbol library layer symbolliblayer using the styles defined by the .ANT file and style library.

161

important

symbollib → %s styleliblayer → %w verbose → -v[erbose] Print the contents of the imported .ANT file and style library. Functions None

162

importarcgen

importarcgen Description Import a generate-format file into an Arc/Info coverage. Commands importarcgen inputname outputname [gui] [feature] This command takes a generate-format file which contains the coordinates of features and adds them to an ARC/INFO coverage. If the coverage does not exist, importarcgen will create one.

inputname → -in in_generate_file → -in %s Specify the generate-format file which contains coordinates of features to be added to the arc/info coverage.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s Specify the name of the output Arc/Info coverage to add the features to.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

feature → -f[eature] feature_class → -f[eature] %s Specify what feature to be generated into a coverage. Options are CIRCLES, CURVES, FISHNET, LINES, POLYS, POINTS, and TICS. The default is POLYS. Functions None

163

importarcinterchange

importarcinterchange Description Import an interchange file (.e00 file) into an Arc/Info coverage or grid. Commands importarcinterchange inputname outputname [gui] [type] This command convert an interchange file into a coverage. If this file has multiple volumes (the volume name extensions can be from .e00 to .e99), all volumes will be converted.

inputname → -in in_file → -in %s Specify the name of the input interchange file. If more than one volume exists, specify any one of them since the prefix is the same. The file extensions must range from .e00 to .e99, depending on how many volumes exist.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] --> -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] data_type → -t[ype] %s Specify whether the input data set is of a coverage or a grid. Valid choices are COVER or GRID. The default is COVER. Functions None

164

importascii

importascii Description Import raster data from an ASCII file. Commands spawn importascii inputname outputname [gui] [sourcebandscount] [imagesize] [format] [terminator] [asciiformat] [separator] [charsperpixel] [base] [lineskip] [charskip1] [charskip2] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an image file in ASCII form.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file..

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

sourcebandscount → -sourcebands[count] nbands → sourcebands[count] %d Specify the number of bands in the input file.

imagesize → -imagesize width height → -imagesize %d %d Specify the X and Y dimensions of the input file.

format → -form[at] formattype Specify whether the input file is in BIL, BIP or BSQ format.

formattype → bil | bip | bsq

165

importascii

terminator → -term[inator] terminatortype Specify the end-of-line character used. The default is unix.

terminatortype → unix | dos | mac asciiformat → -asciiformat asciiformattype Specify whether the input data is delimited or positioned. In a delimited ASCII file, each pixel value is separated by a character or string, such as a space, comma, or whitespace. The separator may be chosen using the -separtor option. (The end-of-line character is considered to be a separator.) In a positioned ASCII file, each pixel value is composed of a set number of characters, so no separator is needed. End-of-line characters are ignored. The number of characters per pixel may be set using the -charsperpixel option. The default format type is delimited.

asciiformattype → delimited | positioned separator → -sep[arator] separatortype Specify the field separator for delimited files (see the asciiformat option). The default is space.

separatortype → tab | space | comma | whitespace charsperpixel → -charsperpixel nchars → -charsperpixel %d Specify the number of characters used by each pixel value for positioned files (see the asciiformat option). The default is 3.

base → -base basevalue Specify the numeric base in which the data is stored. The default base is 10.

basevalue → base2 | base8 | base10 | base16 base2 → binary | bin | 2 base8 → octal | oct | 8 base10 → decimal | dec | 10

166

importascii

base16 → hexadecimal | hex | 16 lineskip → -lineskip nlines → -lineskip %d Skip nlines lines at the beginning of the file before reading data (see also the charskip1 option). The default is 0 (zero).

charskip1 → -charskip1 nchars → -charskip1 %d Skip nchars characters at the beginning of the first line of pixel data (i.e. after the initial lines have been skipped). The default is 0 (zero).

charskip2 → -charskip2 nchars → -charskip2 %d Skip nchars characters at the beginning of the the second and subsequent lines of pixel data. The default is 0 (zero).

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height]

167

importascii Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone }

168

importascii Functions None

169

importascii2cov

importascii2cov Description Import a point coverage from an ASCII file. The file must be formatted to columns of data, delimited by separators or by fixed widths. A column denoted to x and one to y must exist in the ASCII file. This importer does not bring in attributes, which can be done using attribute cellarray importing capabilities during an editing session. This importer always brings up a dialogue for the user to specify interactively how the input file is formatted, which column is x coordinates, and which is y coordinates. Commands importascii2cov inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] This command creates a point coverages from a formatted ASCII file.

inputname → -in filename→ -in %s Input ASCII file name.

outputname → -out outcov→ -out %s Output Arc/Info point coverage to create. Functions None

170

importascii2ovr

importascii2ovr Description Import a point annotation layer from an ASCII file. The file must be formatted such that it contains columns of data, delimited by separators or by fixed widths. Columns denoted to x and to y must exist in the file. This importer does not bring in attributes. This can be done using the attribute cellarray importing capabilities while editing the layer inside a viewer. This importer always brings up a dialogue for the user to specify interactively how the input file is formatted, and which column is x coordinates and which is y coordinates. Commands importascii2ovr inputname outputname This command creates a point annotation layer from a formatted ASCII file.

inputname → -in filename→ -in %s Input ASCII file name.

outputname → -out outovr→ -out %s Output annotation layer to create. Functions None

171

importavhrr

importavhrr Description Import raster data from an AVHRR file. Commands spawn importavhrr source outputname [gui] [skip] [rectify] [correct] [flyingheight] [calibrate] [sunanglecorrect] [sunanglefile] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an AVHRR file.

source → inputfile | inputdevice inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false skip → -skip[files] imagestoskip → -skip[files] %d For tape archives that contain more than one image, skip the specified number of images before reaching the image to import. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

rectify → -rectify rectification_params 172

importavhrr Write out rectification information. If rectification_params begins with gcp, source GCPs (ground control points) are written to the output file and destination GCPs are written to gcp_file. For cff, a polynomial transformation of order, order is written to cff_file. If rectification_params begins with calibration, a polynomial transformation of order order is written to the output image.

rectification_params → gcp gcp_file | cff cff_file order | calibration order gcp_file → %s cff_file → %s order → %d correct → -correct Correct panoramic distortion by resampling each line and adjusting GCP’s accordingly

flyingheight → -flyingheight fheight → -flyingheight %f Specify the flying height (altitude) of the satellite (in km) when applying the panoramic correction resampling (see above).

calibrate → -cal[ibrate] Convert pixel DN values to radiant energy values using the calibration constants provided at the beginning of each line of image data.

sunanglecorrect → -sunanglecorrect Perform sun angle correction on visible bands (bands 1 and 2) on which radiometric correction has been applied. See the -calibrate option.

sunanglefile → -sunanglefile filename → -sunanglefile %s Save sun angle values the .img file filename.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

173

importavhrr

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not

174

importavhrr necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

175

importavhrrdundee

importavhrrdundee Description Import raster data from a Dundee format AVHRR file. Commands spawn importavhrrdundee inputtape outputname [gui] [numlines] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from a Dundee format AVHRR file.

source → inputfile | inputdevice inputtppe → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false numlines → -numlines nlines → -numlines %d Specify the number of scan lines (rows) in the image.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

176

importavhrrdundee

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not

177

importavhrrdundee necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

178

importavhrrsharp

importavhrrsharp Description Import raster data from an AVHRR image in ESA SHARP format. Commands spawn importavhrrsharp source outputname [gui] [skip] [rectify] [correct] [flyingheight] [calibrate] [sunanglecorrect] [sunanglefile] [keepbounds] [boundary] [classification] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an image on an AVHRR SHARP tape. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputdevice inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %w The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

skip → -skip[files] imagestoskip → -skip[files] %d For tape archives that contain more than one image, skip the specified number of images before reaching the image to import. Note that an image may actually be associated with more than one physical file on the tape. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

179

importavhrrsharp

rectify → -rectify rectification_params Write out rectification information. If rectification_params begins with gcp, source GCPs (ground control points) are written to the output file and destination GCPs are written to gcp_file. For cff, a polynomial transformation of order order is written to cff_file. If rectification_params begins with calibration, a polynomial transformation of order order is written to the output image. Note: the rectification options are not mutually exclusive. For instance, the -rectify option may be specified once to name a GCP file, followed by and another -rectify option to specify that the image be calibrated. Only one order of transform will be computed, and only one file of each type can be produced during a single import, with the last value specified winning.

rectification_params → gcp gcp_file | cff cff_file order | calibration order gcp_file → %s cff_file → %s order → %d correct → -correct Correct panoramic distortion by resampling each line and adjusting GCP’s accordingly

flyingheight → -flyingheight fheight → -flyingheight %f Specify the flying height (altitude) of the satellite (in km) when applying the panoramic correction resampling (see above).

calibrate → -cal[ibrate] Convert pixel DN values to radiant energy values using the calibration constants provided at the beginning of each line of image data.

sunanglecorrect → -sunanglecorrect Perform sun angle correction on visible bands (bands 1 and 2) on which radiometric correction has been applied. See the -calibrate option.

sunanglefile → -sunanglefile filename → -sunanglefile %s

180

importavhrrsharp Save sun angle values the .img file filename.

keepboundary → -keep[bounds] Retain the boundary information in the output pixel value. The best results come from storing the boundary information into a separate file using the boundary option, but this option can produce a single image showing the AVHRR and the boundary data together.

boundary → -bound[ary] filename → -bound[ary] %s Store boundary information (supplied by SHARP format) into the thematic .img file filename.

classification → -class[ification] filename → -class[ification] %s Save classification information (supplied by the SHARP format) into the thematic .img file filename.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file } bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

181

importavhrrsharp

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

182

importdfad

importdfad Description Import a DFAD manuscript file into a set of Arc/Info coverages. Commands importdfad inputname outputname [gui] This command creates a DFAD manuscript from the coverages of a workspace.

inputname → -in dfad_file → -in %s The name of the DFAD manuscript to be converted.

outputname → -out out_workspace → -out %s The name of the Arc/Info workspace to be created. All imported coverages will be in the same workspace and have the same data structure and prefix. The coverage will be named DS where the is the order that the manuscript appeared in the DFAD file.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE. Functions None

183

importdig

importdig Description Import ERDAS 7.x DIG (digitized polygon) files to IMAGINE .ovr files. Commands job importdig inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [verbose] This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an ERDAS 7.x DIG file inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite] Overwrite the existing output annotation layer if it exists.

verbose → -v[erbose] Print the contents of the imported .DIG file. Functions None

184

importdlg

importdlg Description Import a US Geological Survey DLG file to Arc/Info coverage(s). Commands importdlg inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [category] [format] [record] [shift] This command imports a U.S. Geological Survey DLG file to Arc/Info coverage(s).

inputname → -in dlg_file → -in %s The name of the input DLG file.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] --> -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -pnt[cov] cover_name → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an optional output point coverage.

category → -cat[gory] category → -cat[gory] %s Specify a DLG category to be converted from the DLG file. Only the specified category will be converted if one is given. Otherwise, only the first category in the DLG will be written to the output coverage(s). A DLG category is equivalent to a layer.

format → -f[ormat] dlg_format → -f[ormat] %s Specify the DLG format of the input file: standard or optional. The default is optional.

record → r[ecord] record_type → r[ecord] %s Determine how the Area (A) records are written to the output coverage(s). It should be specified as one of the following: nofirst, the first area record is ignored; all, all area records are converted to out_cover label points and the major and minor codes for all the Area (A) records in the out_cover.PCODE file; attributed, the label location in the DLG file is used only for those Area records that carry major/minor codes. For some DLG categories, only Area records with attributes have valid label locations.The first

185

importdlg Area (A) record is not included.The default is nofirst.

shift → -s[hift] x_shift y_shift → -s[hift] %f %f Constant values to be added to all x-coordinates (x_shift) and all coverage ycoordinates (y_shift) during the conversion to DLG. The default values are 0.0 Functions None

186

importdxf

importdxf Description Import Arc/Info coverages from an AUTOCAD ASCII DXF file. Commands importdxf inputname outputname [gui] [textwidth] [attributewidth] This command converts an AUTOCAD ASCII Drawing Interchange Format (DXF) file to an Arc/Info coverage.

inputname → -in dxf_file → -in %s Specify the input DXF file name.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

textwidth → -t[ext] text_width → -t[ext] %d Specify the width of the DXF-TEXT item (0-255). The default is set to 40.

attributewidth → -a[ttribute] attribute_width → -a[ttribute] %d Specify the width of the DXF-ATTRB item (0-255). The default is set to 16. Functions None

187

importdxf2ovr

importdxf2ovr Description Import AutoCAD DXF files to IMAGINE .ovr files. Commands job importdxf2ovr inputname outputname [gui] [overwrite] [verbose] [layeroptions] [mapinfo] [meter] This command creates an .ovr file outputname from an AutoCAD DXF file inputname.

inputname → -in[put[file[name]]] name → -in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui This option does nothing; it is provided to provide consistency with the other importers in the top-level Import/Export dialog.

overwrite → -o[verwrite] Overwrite the existing output annotation file if it exists.

verbose → -v[erbose] Print the contents of the imported .DXF file to Standard Output.

layeroptions → -layer[option] layername pointsflag linesflag arcsflag solidsflag textflag insertsflag For the layer entitled layername, specify whether points, lines, arcs, solids, text and inserts are to be imported. Each element type is controlled by a flag, set to 0 (do not import) or 1 (import).

layername → %d

188

importdxf2ovr

pointsflag → %d linessflag → %d arcsflag → %d solidsflag → %d textflag → %d insertsflag → %d mapinfo → -map[info] projectionname units → -map[info] %s %s Add the projection name projectionname and the map units units to the output annotation file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Functions None

189

importetak

importetak Description Import Arc/Info coverages from an ETAK DIME file. Commands importetak inputname outputname [gui] [landmark_cov] This command converts an ETAK DIME file into one or more Arc/Info coverages.

inputname → -in etakfile → -in %s Specify the input ETAK file name.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s Specify the name of the output coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s Specify the name of an optional point coverage to be created from landmark features contained in the ETAK data file. Functions None

190

importgen

importgen Description Import raster data from a binary file. Commands spawn importgen source outputname [gui] [sourcebandscount] [imagesize] [inputpixeltype] [reversebytes] [format] [blockingfactor] [skipfiles] [fileheaderbytes] [fileheaderrecords] [lineheaderbytes] [singlefilebsq] [bandfiles] [bandheaderbytes] [bandheaderfiles] [bandtrailerbytes] [bandtrailerfiles] [tilesize] [paddedtiles] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [ignorezero] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from a binary image file. Since no header file is read, all information about the arrangement of the data in the file must be specified.

source → inputfile | inputdevice inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the input file.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [boolean] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is true.

boolean → true | false sourcebandscount → -sourcebands[count] nbands → 191

importgen sourcebands[count] %d Specify the number of bands in the input file.

imagesize → -imagesize width height → -imagesize %d %d Specify the X and Y dimensions of the input file.

inputpixeltype → -inputpixel[type] pixtype Specify the pixel type of the output file The default is “u8”.

pixtype → u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64 reversebytes → -rev[erse[bytes]] Reverse the byte order for 16-bit and larger input data types.

format → -form[at] formattype Specify whether the input file is in BIL, BIP, BSQ or tiled format.

formattype → bil | bip | bsq | tiled blockingfactor → -blockingfactor blockfactor → -blockingfactor %d Specify the blocking factor (number of logical records per physical record) of the input tape. The default is 1. If the blocking factor is set to 0, the data on the tape will be treated as a stream of bytes, and the byte-oriented options (fileheaderbytes, etc.)

skipfiles → -skip[files] nfiles → -skip[files] %d Skip forward nfiles files on the input tape before beginning to read data.

fileheaderbytes → -fhb[ytes] nbytes → -fhb[ytes] %d Skip the first nbytes bytes of the file (presumably header bytes) before beginning to read data.

fileheaderrecords → -fhr[ecords] nrecords → -fhr[ecords] %d Skip the first nrecords records of the file (presumably header records) before beginning

192

importgen to read data.

lineheaderbytes → -lineheaderbytes nbytes → -lineheaderbytes %d Specify the number of bytes to skip at the beginning of each line of image data.

singlefilebsq → -single[file[bsq]] boolean Specifies that all bands of a BSQ formatted file reside within a single disk file or within a single on the source tape. The default is false if the source is a tape device and true if the source is a file. If the -bandfiles option is used (see below), it is automatically set to false.

boolean → true | false bandfiles → -bandfiles bandfilename [bandfilename] ... Specify the names of the band files for BSQ data in which each band resides on a separate disk file.

bandfilename → %s bandheaderbytes → -bhb[ytes] nbytes → -bhb[ytes] %d Skip the first nbytes bytes (presumably the band header) before beginning to read each band of a BSQ image.

bandheaderfiles → -bhf[iles] nfiles → -bhf[iles] %d Skip the first nfiles files (presumably the band header) before beginning to read each band of a BSQ image.

bandtrailerbytes → -btb[ytes] nbytes → -btb[ytes] %d Skip nbytes bytes (presumably the band trailer) after reading each band of a BSQ image.

bandtrailerfiles → -btf[iles] nfiles → -btf[iles] %d Skip nfiles files (presumably the band trailer) after reading each band of a BSQ image.

tilesize → -tile[size] tilewidth tileheight → -tile[size %d %d

193

importgen Specify the width and height of each tile (tiled images only)

paddedtiles → -paddedtiles boolean Specify whether tiles on the bottom and right side of the image are padded so that all tiles are the same size. The default is false.

boolean → true | false upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → map | file bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2] ... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be exported. By default, all bands are exported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d

194

importgen

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] Ignore zeros when computing output statistics.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

195

importiges

importiges Description Create an Arc/Info coverage from an IGES file. Commands importiges inputname outputname [gui] [error] This command imports an Initial Graphics Exchange Standard (IGES) file to an Arc/Info coverage.

inputname → -in igesfile → -in %s The name of the input IGES file.

outputname → -out iges_name → -out %s Specify the name of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

error → -e[rror] errorfile → -e[rror] %s Specify the name of a log file containing status and error message pertaining to the conversion Functions None

196

importradarsat

importradarsat Description Import raster data from a RADARSAT image Commands spawn importradarsat source outputname [gui] [splitcomplex] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an image on a RADARSAT image. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputdevice | inputcdrom inputcdrom → cdromname [inputfile] If the gui option is not used, then inputfile must be specified and must identify the image on CD -- either a full path that includes the CD mount point, or a path relative to that mount point.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w The name of the input CD-ROM.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of one of the 5 files that comprise a RADARSAT image. All 5 files (vdf_dat.xxx, lea_01.xxx, dat_01.xxx, tra_01.xxx, and nul_vdf.xxx, where xxx is a consistent extension) must be present in the same directory for the import to succeed, but only one of them need be identified.

inputdevice → -dev[ice[name]] inputtapedevice → dev[ice[name]] %s The name of the input tape device.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %w The name of the output file.

197

importradarsat

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

splitcomplex → -split[complex] For the SLC product, imports the data as 2 integer layers, instead of a single complex layer, which is the default.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file } bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d

198

importradarsat

compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

199

importrpf

importrpf Description Import raster data from a Raster Product Format (RPF) Frame Commands spawn importrpf source outputname [gui] [splitcomplex] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from an RPF frame. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

source → inputfile | inputcdrom inputcdrom → cdromname [inputfile] If the gui option is not used, then inputfile must be specified and must identify the image on CD -- either a full path that includes the CD mount point, or a path relative to that mount point.

cdromname → -cd[rom[name]] name → -cd[rom[name]] %w The name of the input CD-ROM.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of one of the RPF frame file.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %w The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

200

importrpf

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

coordtype → { map | file } bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename

201

importrpf

→ opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

202

importsdts

importsdts Description Import SDTS Topological Vector Profile transfer files (TVP) to Arc/Info coverages. SDTS is a large standard composed of smaller, more limited subsets that are federally approved as a part of the SDTS FIPS 173 standard. These subsets are called profiles. The Topological Vector Profile designed specifically for planar vector data with topology is the only profile supported by this importer.

➲ When using PC systems, and WinZip to uncompress the data, make sure the Options | Configuration tab, and the other TAR file smart CR/LF conversion is set to off. The default is on. This is also true whenever you have data in Zip files. Using Zip or TAR puts SDTS files into a more manageable package. Commands importsdts inputname outputname [gui] [pointcov] This command creates coverages from SDTS topological vector profile transfer files.

inputname → -in sdts_prefix → -in %s The name of any one of the input SDTS files. The program will take the prefix out of the file name and determine the input SDTS file set. The prefix is no more than 4 characters long.

outputname → -out outcov→ -out %s Specify the output Arc/Info polygon coverage to create.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

pointcov → -pnt[cov] pntcov_name → -pnt[cov] %s Specify an optional output point coverage to be imported along with the polygon coverage. Functions None

203

importsdtsraster

importsdtsraster Description Import raster data from an SDTS Raster Profile transfer Commands spawn importsdtsraster inputfile outputname [gui] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [bands] [pixeltype] [blocksize] [compressionname] [meter] [optionsfile] This command creates an .img file from a Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) transfer that conforms to the Raster Profile. If the gui option is not used,job should precede the application name instead of spawn.

inputfile → -in[put[file[name]]] inputfilename → in[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the IDEN module file. An SDTS transfer contains a large number of files with similar names. The identification module is named xxxxIDEN.DDF, where xxxx is the prefix common to all files in the transfer.

outputname → -out[put[file[name]]] outputfilename → -out[put[file[name]]] %w The name of the output file.

gui → -gui [ TRUE | FALSE ] Invoke a GUI version of this command. The default is TRUE.

upperleft → -upperleft ulx uly → -upperleft %f %f Create a subset of the input image with upper left corner at ulx, uly.

lowerright → -lowerright lrx lry → -lowerright %f %f Create a subset of the input image with lower right corner at lrx, lry.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] coordtype Specify whether map or file coordinates are used in -upperleft and -lowerright options. This is required if either the -upperleft or -lowerright options are used.

204

importsdtsraster

coordtype → { map | file } bands → -bands bandnum1 [bandnum2]... Specify the band(s) of the input file to be imported. By default, all bands are imported.

pixeltype → -pix[el[type]] pixtype → -pix[el[type]] %s Specify the pixel type of the output file, which must be one of the following strings: “u1”, “u2”, “u4”, “u8”, “s8”, “u16”, “s16”, “u32”, “s32”, “f32”, “f64”, “c64”, or “c128”. The default is “u8”.

blocksize → -block[size] width [height] Specify the block size of the output file in pixels. If only width is specified, the blocks will be width by width in extent. The default block size is 64 by 64 pixels.

width → %d height → %d compressionname → -compressionname compname → -compressionname %s Specify the type of data compression used in the output file. If not specified, no compression will be used.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Not necessary if the -gui option is specified.

optionsfile→ -opt[ions[file]] optionsfilename → opt[ions[file]] %s Obtain parameter settings from a text file rather than the command line. Parameters set from optionsfilename will be overridden by command line settings. Options which may be specified in an options file are -bands, -blocksize, -gui, -inputfilename, lowerright, -meter, -outputfilename, -lowerright, -meter, outputfilename, and -upperleft. The parameter settings in an options file must be inside curly braces, and parameter keywords should not contain a leading hyphen. Note that not all options are applicable to every importer or exporter that supports options files. An example of a simple options file is as follows: 205

importsdtsraster { inputfilename /home/user/input.file outputfilename /home/usr/output.file bands 2 meter percentdone } Functions None

206

importshape

importshape Description import an ArcView Shapefile to an Arc/Info coverage. Shapefile is a data format that is used by ArcView to handle spatial data and their attributes. Shapefile is non-topological data. It consists of three files: the main file (.shp), the index file (.shx), and the attribute file (a dBase table .dbf). There are four types of shapes: Points, Multipoints, Arcs and Polygons. This importer will take a shapefile and import it to a coverage. Depending on the feature type of the shapefile, the output coverage can be a point coverage, or a polygon coverage, or a line coverage, all with attribute table built (PAT or AAT). After importing, a polygon shape will become a polygon that consists of only one continuous arc. The imported coverage will be built to have arc, polygon, or point topology. Then the shapefile attributes will be joined with the PAT or AAT table. If the shapefile is one that was exported from a coverage, then the resulting table will have some duplicate items such as internalID and usrID. Commands importshape inputname outputname [gui] This command creates an Arc/Info coverage from a shapefile.

inputname → -in shape_prefix→ -in %s The prefix of the input shapefiles. It can not be more than 8 characters long to conform the 8.3 naming convention.

outputname → -out outcov → -out %s The output coverage name.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE. Functions None

207

importspot

importspot Description Import SPOT data from CD or tape. Commands

importspot{inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {outputfilename} [bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype ] [coordinatetype] [decimationtype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype] [preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft] This command will take SPOT data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] {%s} devicename → -device[name] {%s} cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s} Only one of these three options is chosen. inputfilename The name of a file located within a valid SPOT CD structure. It is important that the file be located within this structure as the importer will not recognize a file that is simply a concatenation of SPOT data from a tape. devicename The name of the tape device where the SPOT data is located. This string is in the form of host : devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is located and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0). cdromname The symbolic name of the CDROM where the SPOT data is located. This name must be configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here is not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0), rather the symbolic name given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s}

208

importspot

bands → -bands bandarray bandarray → {%d} This is a series of numbers which defines how the importer will import the data. For example: “-bands 1 2 3” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 2 into the second layer and band 3 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3”. optionsfile → -options[file] {%s} Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments. The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file. -bands -blocksize -gui -inputfilename -cdromname -devicename -lowerright -upperright -meter -outputfilename As an example, the following could define a SPOT scene on a CD. { inputfilename “/cdrom/cd_dir.fil” outputfilename “/data/spotimg.img” bands 3 2 1 meter “perentage” upperleft 0 0 lowerright 3000 3000 }

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height] width → %d

209

importspot

height → %d This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same value. If not specified, the default width and height are gotten from the IMAGINE preferences.

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ] This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is whatever is specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT } This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the SPOT data. The default value is gotten from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ] gui → -gui guiflag guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ] The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. However, the graphical interface can be run by specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty 210

importspot

lowerrightx → %f lowerrighty → %f This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

meter → -meter %s Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64 } Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data (unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ] Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the the importer will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not displayi it.

skipfiles → -skip[files] %d Specifiying this on the command line should only occur when trying to retrieve data from a CD. This option is only used for CD access. For example, if all options are known about a particular scene on a CD, then the number specified here will be the number of scenes to skip on the CD in order to get to the one desired. The first scene on the CD would require a skip value of zero, where the fifth scene on the CD would require a skip value of four. The default value is zero. subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag

subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE preferences.

211

importspot

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty upperleftx → %f upperlefty → %f This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the coordinates 0, 0 will be used. Functions None

212

importspotgeospot

importspotgeospot Description Import SPOT data from CD or tape. Commands

importspotgeospot{inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {outputfilename} [bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype ] [coordinatetype] [decimationtype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype] [preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft] This command will take SPOT data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

inputfilename → -in[put[file[name]]] {%s} devicename → -device[name] {%s} cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s} Only one of these three options is chosen. inputfilename The name of a file located within a valid SPOT CD structure. The file must be located within this structure as the importer will not recognize a file that is simply a concatenation of SPOT data from a tape. devicename The name of the tape device where the SPOT data is located. This string is in the form of host : devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is located, and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0). cdromname The symbolic name of the CDROM where the SPOT data is located. This name must be configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here is not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0); it is the symbolic name given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s}

213

importspotgeospot

bands → -bands bandarray bandarray → {%d} This is a series of numbers which define how the importer will import the data. For example: “-bands 1 2 3” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 2 into the second layer and band 3 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3”. optionsfile → -options[file] {%s} Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments. The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file. -bands -blocksize -gui -inputfilename -cdromname -devicename -lowerright -upperright -meter -outputfilename As an example, the following could define a SPOT scene on a CD. { inputfilename “/cdrom/cd_dir.fil” outputfilename “/data/spotimg.img” bands 3 2 1 meter “perentage” upperleft 0 0 lowerright 3000 3000 }

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height] width → %d

214

importspotgeospot

height → %d This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same value. If not specified, the default width and height are taken from the IMAGINE preferences.

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ] This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is whatever is specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT } This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the SPOT data. The default value is taken from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ] gui → -gui guiflag guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ] The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. The graphical interface can be run by specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty 215

importspotgeospot

lowerrightx → %f lowerrighty → %f This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

meter → -meter %s Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64 } Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data (unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ] Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the the importer will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not display it.

skipfiles → -skip[files] %d Specifiying this on the command line should only occur when trying to retrieve data from a CD. This option is only used for CD access. For example, if all the options are known about a particular scene on a CD, then the number specified here will be the number of scenes to skip on the CD in order to get to the one desired. The first scene on the CD would require a skip value of zero, where the fifth scene on the CD would require a skip value of four. The default value is zero. subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag

subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE preferences.

216

importspotgeospot

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty upperleftx → %f upperlefty → %f This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the coordinates 0, 0 will be used. Functions None

217

importtiger

importtiger Description Import Arc/Info coverages from Tiger/Line files. Commands importtiger inputname outputname [gui] [point_cov] [landmark_cov] This command converts a set of U.S. Bureau of Census TIGER/LINE files into one or more Arc/Info coverages.

inputname → -in tigerfile → -in %s Specify a tiger file name. Tiger file normally is a set of files with slightly different names (for example, file1, file2, filer, filep, etc.). Only the last letter of the file names is different. Choose any one of them as the input file name. The program will recognize the rest of the set from the shared common prefix.

outputname → -out outcover → -out %s Specify the name of the output coverage containing all basic line features and attribute data from the input tigerfile.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

point_cov → -p[ointcov] cover_name → -p[ointcov] %s Specify the name of an output coverage containing point features that represent polygon labels for polygons in outcover.

landmark_cov → -l[andmark] landmark_cov → -l[andmark] %s Specify an output coverage containing landmark point features. Functions None

218

importtm

importtm Description Import TM data from CD or tape. Commands importtm {inputfilename|devicename|cdromname] {outputfilename} [bands] [blocksize] [compressiontype] [coordinatetype] [decimationtype] [gui] [ignorezero] [lowerright] [meter] [pixeltype] [preview] [skipfiles] [subsample] [upperleft] This command will take TM data from a media (cdrom/tape), read it in, and output an IMAGINE file that can be used with any of the IMAGINE tools.

devicename → -device[name] {%s} cdromname → -cdrom[name] {%s} Only one of these two options is chosen. devicename The name of the device where the TM data is located. This string is in the form of host : devicename where host is the name of the machine where the tape drive is located, and devicename is the name of the device (ie: /dev/rmt/0). cdromname The symbolic name of the CDROM where the TM data is located. This name must be configured from within IMAGINE in order for the importer to work. The string here is not the actual name of the device for the CDROM (ie: /dev/sr0); it is the symbolic name given in the configuration editor.

outputfilename → -output[file[name]] {%s} bands → -bands bandarray bandarray → {%d} This is a series of numbers which define how the importer will import the data. For example: “-bands 1 4 7” will tell the importer to load band 1 into the first layer, band 4 into the second layer and band 7 into the third layer of the IMAGINE file. By default, the bands

219

importtm are placed into the IMAGINE file in the order “1 2 3 4 5 6 7”. optionsfile → -options[file] {%s} Get parameters for the import from a text file rather than specifying them on the command line. The options specified in this file will be overridden by any command line arguments. The following is a list of options that can be set in the options file. -bands -blocksize -gui -inputfilename -cdromname -devicename -lowerright -upperright -meter -outputfilename As an example, the following could define a TM scene on a CD. { cdromname localcd outputfilename “/data/tmimg.img” bands 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 meter “perentage” upperleft 0 0 lowerright 7500 8000 }

blocksize → -block[size] {width} [height] width → %d height → %d This will set the output block size for the IMAGINE created. It is not necessary to specify both options. If the width is the only argument, then the height will be set to the same value. If not specified, the default width and height are taken from the IMAGINE preferences.

220

importtm

compressiontype → -com[press[ion[type]]] compresstype compresstype → %s → [ none | run_length | default ] This will set the compression type for the import. The default compression type is specified by the IMAGINE preferences.

coordinatetype → -coordinate[type] coordtype coordtype → { NONE | FILE | MAP | LONGLAT } This tells the importer that the upper left and lower right corners specified are in a particular coordinate system. The default coordinate system is FILE coordinates.

decimationtype → -dec[imation[type]] decimatetype This will set the decimation that is used for previewing the TM data. The default value is taken from the IMAGINE preferences if one is not specified on the command line.

decimatetype → %s → [ NEAREST | AVERAGE ] gui → -gui guiflag guiflag → [ TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ] The default value is to run in non-graphical mode. The graphical interface can be run by specifying this option.

ignorezero → -ignore[zero] ignorezeroflag ignorezeroflag → {TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } The calculation of statistics will use the IMAGINE preferences unless specified by this option to be ignored or not. If the option is TRUE | ON | 1 then the zeroes will be ignored for the statistics; otherwise, the zeroes will be used to calculate the statistics.

lowerright → -lower[right] lowerrightx lowerrighty lowerrightx → %f lowerrighty → %f This will define the lower right corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the lower right corner (width - 1, height - 1) of the image is used.

221

importtm

meter → -meter %s Report the status of the importer running. The status reports will go to standard error. By default, the status is not reported. If the -gui option is used, this options is unnecessary.

pixeltype → -pixel[type] pixtype pixtype → { u1 | u2 | u4 | u8 | s8 | u16 | s16 | u32 | s32 | f32 | f64 } Specify that output data type. By default, the output will be the same type as the input data (unsigned 8-bit).

preview → -preview previewsize previewsize → [ 5 1 2 | 1024 ] Specifies the output size for the preview image. If this option is used, then the importer will preview the data first, attempting to display the previewed image in an IMAGINE viewer. If this option is not used, then the importer will import the data, but not display it. subsample → -sub[sample] subsampleflag

subsampleflag → { TRUE | FALSE | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 } Specify if the creation of pyramid layers is desired. The default is to use the IMAGINE preferences.

upperleft → -upper[left] upperleftx upperlefty upperleftx → %f upperlefty → %f This will define the upper left corner of the subset to import/preview. By default, the coordinates 0, 0 will be used. Functions None

222

importvpf

importvpf Description Import a VPF coverage or a VPF table to an Arc/Info coverage or to an INFO table. Commands importvpf inputname outputname [gui] [type] [control] [extra] This command converts a VPF (Vector Product Format) coverage or a VPF table file to an Arc/Info coverage or an INFO file.

inputname → -in in_vpf → -in %s Specify the name of the VPF table or coverage to be converted.

outputname → -out cover_or_table → -out %s Specify the name of the Arc/Info coverage or INFO file to be created.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

type → -t[ype] input_type → -t[ype] %s Specify whether an VPF table or an VPF coverage will be converted Options are COVER or TABLE. COVER is the default.

control → -c[ontrol] control_file → -c[ontrol] %s A file used to drop, add, change, or ignore items and other info during conversion. It is a ASCII file that can be prepared by the user. Arc/Info manual has details on how to write a control file.

extra → -extra [enable_flag] → -extra [%s] Specifies whether non_standard VPF tables will be converted. Turning on the flag will cause all VPF tables to be converted. This option only needs to be used if the data being translated into Arc coverage was converted into VPF using exportvpf. Set it ON or OFF. Functions None

223

imremsv.customize

imremsv.customize Description The IMAGINE Remote Services module customization function definition script. Commands . imremsv.customize The imremsv.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced by the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing the Remote Services module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

224

imtool.customize

imtool.customize Description The IMAGINE Toolkit module customization function definition script. Commands . imtool.customize The imtool.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced by the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing the Toolkit module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

225

imess.customize

imess.customize Description The IMAGINE Essentials module customization function definition script. Commands . imess.customize The imess.customize command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced by the customize script. The script contains customization function definitions for installing the Essentials module. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

226

install_broker

install_broker Description The ERDAS license broker installation and configuration script. Commands install_broker The install_broker command starts an interactive script for installing the ERDAS license broker, erdmaster. The script allows the license broker node name to be specified, displays the license broker’s system ID, and allows code words to be entered. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

227

install_imagine

install_imagine Description The IMAGINE installation script. Commands install_imagine The install_imagine command runs an interactive script that installs IMAGINE modules from tape or CDROM. The script can be configured through the install_imagine.config script. This command is only intended to be run from the OS command shell.

228

jpegcompress

jpegcompress Description Compress IMAGINE raster images using the JPEG compression scheme. Commands job jpegcompress imgfile compressedfile [quality] [meter] Create a JPEG-compressed version of imgfile and store it in compressedfile.

imgfile → %s The name of the input file.

compressedfile → %s The name of the output, compressed file, typically with an extension of .imj

quality→ %d Set the JPEG compression quality. quality must be an integer between 0 (low image quality, very high compression) and 100 (high image quality, low compression). A quality setting of 75 is used by default.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. . Functions None

229

jpegdecompress

jpegdecompress Description Decompress an IMAGINE file which has been JPEG-compressed. Commands job jpegdecompress compressedfile imgfile [meter] Create an uncompressed file imgfile from the JPEG-compressed file compressedfile.

compressedfile → %s The name of the input compressed file. This typically has an extension of .imj

imgfile → %s The name of the output, uncompressed file.

meter → -meter meterstring → -meter %s Update the percentage complete to Standard Error as the program executes. Functions None

230

killstring

killstring Description The IMAGINE process signalling script. Commands killstring [anywhere] [prompt] [signal] matchString The killstring command allows signals to be sent to processes by name. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

anywhere → -a Specifies that the matchString can match the process anywhere on the command line that was used to start the process. Normally, the matchString must match the name of the executable image associated with the process.

prompt → -p Specifies whether the script should prompt the caller before delivering the signal to a given process. This is useful when the -a option is specified. The default is to not prompt the user.

signal → -s signalNum → -s %d Specifies the signal to be sent. The default is -s 15 (SIGTERM).

matchString → %s Specifies the string used to match the process by name.

231

lineagg

lineagg Description This is an ESRI executable that aggregates lines in a coveage (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (lineagg), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for example.

232

linegrid

linegrid Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a line coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (linegrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for example.

233

mapmaker

mapmaker Description Map rendering program. Commands mapmaker mapfile outputfile destination [numcopies] [singlepanelflag] [bookorpanelflag] [compressionflag] [colors] [deletemapflag] [windowsprogram] [firstpanel] [lastpanel] [mirrorflag] [borderline] [orientation] [cleanupflag] [dotsperunit] [dotsunit] [statsflag] [dotheight] [dotwidth] [xoffset] [yoffset] [xyunits] [scalingfactor] [errordiffusionflag] Mapmaker reads the map structure in the file mapfile, produces a set of files with their root file name as outputfile and sends the resulting output to destination. If no printer is specified the characteristic of the printer can be supplied as mapmaker options. If a PDF is used, then the files created by mapmaker are listed in the table below. Name

Contents

outputfile.plt

A collection of panel file names

outputfile.plt.panel_# (# denotes panel number starting with 0)

Panel output data

outputfile.plt.panel_#.name

Name of the panel data file and supporting data files (e.g., PostScript fonts)

printers.outputfile.plt.cfg

Configuration database override values

Arguments

mapfile → %w The EHFA file containing map structure to be produced

outputfile → %w The base filename of the mapmaker output

destination → imgoutput | epsoutput | printerdevice

234

mapmaker The output destination of the rendered map.

imgoutput → -file [mapinfoflag] Create an IMAGINE Image format file as output.

mapinfoflag → -mapinfo Writes mapinfo of each frame into the plot file. This option is normally used for converting a view in the viewer to an IMAGINE Image file. In this situation, there will be only one frame in the entire composition. If a map composition contains more than one frame it does not make sense to copy the map information into the output file.

epsoutput → -eps Create an encapsulated PostScript format file as output.

printerdevice → -p printer [printflag] Print the output panels using a printer definition from the Configuration Database. The panel files will be rendered using the parameters set in the Configuration Database for the printer named. Any command line options will override the parameter settings in the database.

printer → %s The name of a printer device, as defined in the Configuration Database.

printflag → -print [0|1] Boolean flag controling whether the data is actually sent to the print device using printmanager. If 0, the panels are rendered, but not delivered to the device. If 1, the panels are rendered and then printed using printmanager. Options Notes: Some of the options to Mapmaker take a boolean flag to indicate the option should be used or suppressed. For these options, a value of 0 indicates False or Off and a value of 1 indicates True or On. If the boolean flag is omitted, then the value is assumed to be 1 for that option. When the following option descriptions do not mention these boolean flags, the above statement is assumed.

numcopies → -# %d

235

mapmaker Prints n copies of the output. This option has to be used with -print option. Mapmaker will utilize the printer's memory to produce multiple copies if the specified printer supports in-memory multiple copies, otherwise the data will be sent to the printer multiple times. This option overrides the number of copies parameter in the Configuration Database.

singlepanelflag → -bestfit [0|1] If the input map is larger than the maximum printable area of one page for the specfied destination, then mapmaker will reduce the map so that it fits onto one page. The aspect ratio of the original map is preserved, but the printed scale information will be incorrect.

bookorpanelflag → -book [0|1] When this option is 0, the multi-panel output will include cross hairs at each corner for cut-and-paste alignment. When this option is 1, the multi-panel output will not have the alignment guides and an index page will be append to the output.

compressionflag → -c Uses data compression in panel files if possible.

colors → -color colornames If a printer is not specified for destination, the desired color for the printer can be specified separately using this flag.

colornames → RGB | CMY | CMYK | Black These color band combinations are used to specify which bands should be produced for each panel file generated.

deletemapflag → -delm [0|1] When set to 1, the map file is deleted after mapmaker completes the printing of the map. This is useful for temporary map files generated by a program such as the Map Series Tool or View To IMG function.

windowsprogram → -windows If mapmaker is running under Microsoft Windows 95 or NT this flag should be present. The default value sets the program in the UNIX environment.

236

mapmaker

firstpanel → -start %d If the output requires multiple panels, the integer value of this option indicates the first panel number to print. Panels before the specified panel will not be printed. Panels are numbered from 0 to n-1 and counted from left to right, and top to bottom.

lastpanel → -end %d If the output requires multiple panels, the integer value of this option indicates indicates the last panel to print. Panels after the specified panel will not be printed. Panels are numbered from 0 to n-1 and counted from left to right, and top to bottom.

mirrorflag → -m [0|1] Mirrors the output. This option is usually used for negative output. This option overrides the mirror parameter set in the Configuration Database.

borderline → -nb [0|1] Setting this option to 1 suppresses boder line around the map composition. The default is 0.

orientation → -orient orientationstyle Mapmaker will try to rotate the map composition so that it fits on the fewest number of panels. The map may be rotated 90 degrees if printing it with that orientation will use the least amount of paper. If no orientation is specified, mapmaker will not try any rotation.

orientationstyle → auto | none | force If force is selected, mapmaker will always rotate the composition 90 degrees counter-clockwise from its original orientation. If auto is specified, the map will only be rotated if printing it with that orientation will use less of paper. If none is specified, the map will not be rotated, even if rotating it will use less paper.

cleanupflag → -rm Removes the panel file(s) after priningt is done. Notice this option is different from -delm which deletes the map composition after rendering is completed.

dotsperunit → -setdpu dpu Sets dots per unit. This option should be used in conjunction with -unit to specify the unit type. 237

mapmaker

dotsunit → -unit unit Sets dpu unit to unit. The unit has to be one of the units defined in IMAGINE_HOME/etc/ units.dat.

statsflag → -cs Computes stats when closing the plot files. When this option is not specified, no stretch will be applied. And stats are always stored min and max as min and max of the data type chosen, mean and medium equal to the half of the sum of min and max.

dotheight → -setthd total_height_in_dots Sets the total height in dots limit for output paneling.

dotwidth → -settwd total_width_in_dots Sets the total width in dots limit for output paneling.

xoffset → -x xoffset If the printer supports image offset, the amount specified in xoffset will be the offset in horizontal direction. The unit type should be specified in -xyunit.

yoffset → -y yoffset If the printer supports image offset, the amount specified in xoffset will be the offset in vertical direction. The unit type should be specified in -xyunit.

xyunits → -xyunit unit The unit type for x and y offset specified in -x and -y. The default value is inches.

scalingfactor → -zoom scale The scale of zoom of map composition to paper.

errordiffusionflag → -errordiffusion Uses error diffusion when rendering to a halftone device. This option overwrites error diffusion choice in user's preference.

238

mappatheditor

mappatheditor Description Simple IMAGINE map composition editor. Commands mappatheditor The mappatheditor application allows the user to change/view the paths of files referenced within map compositions. Because map composition files are in HFA format, a simple text editor cannot be used. The mappatheditor provides a way for users to open and edit map files, even if they reference image files which do not exist. It is a very simple tool designed for fixing or modifying map files. No effort is made to validate any input values. Functions None.

239

modeler

modeler Description GIS Algebra Modeling Program Commands modeler modelfile [state] [meter] [quotes] [delete] [preproc] [model_arg]... The modeler executes the model in the file modelfile, passing arguments model_arg, etc. to the model.

modelfile Text file containing model to be executed.

state → -s[tate] Display the current state of the program as it executes.

meter → -m[eter] Display the percentage complete as this program executes.

quotes → -nq Disable quotation mark insertion around model arguments. If this option is not present, all arguments passed to the model are enclosed in double quotes (“), except as noted below.

delete → -delete_model Delete model at end of execution. The modelmaker program may write out a temporary model file and then execute it using this option.

preproc → -pp [ filename ] → -pp [ %s ] Preprocess model only. Passes all model arguments to the model, expands #define macros, and sends the resulting model to standard out. Use “-pp > filename” to write resulting model to a file named filename.

model_arg

240

modeler Argument passed to model. Arguments are passed to the model in the order they are listed.

☞ Note: All arguments after the model file name and options will be passed through to the model as arguments. By default, each model argument will be enclosed in double quotes (“) before being passed to the model, unless it meets one of the following conditions: The argument already starts and ends with the double quote character (“). The argument is a valid floating point number. The argument contains only letters, numbers, or underscore characters. The argument does not contain any letters, numbers, or underscore characters. The quotation mark insertion may be disabled entirely using the -nq option. Functions None.

241

modelmaker

modelmaker Description The modelmaker program allows the user to develop models using a flowcharting interface. Commands modelmaker [open model] The modelmaker command starts the modelmaker with either a new model or optionally the model specified.

open → -o[pen] This tells modelmaker to open the model specified.

model → %s This is a string, enclosed in quotes, containing the filename, and optionally path, of the model to be loaded. Functions None.

242

o_install_printer

o_install_printer Description The IMAGINE architecture specific printer configuration overrides. Commands . o_install_printer_arch The o_install_printer_arch command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in the install_printer Bourne shell script. The script contains architecture specific overrides for various variables and functions that deal with printer configuration. This type of script architecture allows script logic to address a task without mixing in logic to control differences in operating system utilities under different operating systems. This command is intended only to be run from the OS command shell.

243

ovrann

ovrann Description This is an ESRI executable that does annotation overlay (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ovrann), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for example.

244

ovrlin

ovrlin Description This is an ESRI executable that assembles arcs in a coverage (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ovrlin), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for example.

245

ovrpnt

ovrpnt Description This is an ESRI executable that does point overlay (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ovrpnt), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for example.

246

ovrseg

ovrseg Description This is an ESRI executable that computes all intersections of arcs within a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ovrseg), and for forking the child process. See file covclean.c in covclean module for example.

247

ovrsrt

ovrsrt Description This is an ESRI executable that sorts features within a coverage. (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ovrsrt), and for forking the child process. See file covsubset.c in covsubset module for example.

248

pixeltotable

pixeltotable Description Create a tabular ASCII file of pixel values from one or more image files. Commands spawn pixeltotable [gui] [inputfiles] [outputfile] [criteriatype] [criteriafile] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [sample] Invoke the pixeltotable application.

gui → -gui flag → -gui %s Invoke a GUI version of this application unless flag is “0”.

inputfiles → -in[put[files]] filelist → -in[put[files]] {%s} The list of input image files.

outputfile → -out[put[file[name]]] filename → out[put[file[name]]] %s The name of the output .asc file.

criteriatype → -criteriatype type → -criteriatype %s The type of criteria used for point selection. Valid criteria types are “aoi” (use an AOI file), “point” (use a point file), or “subset” (use a subset range).

criteriafile → -criteriafile filename → -criteriafile %s Specify the point or AOI file if criteriatype is “point” or “aoi”.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f Specify the upper left coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f Specify the lower right coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] type → -coord[inate[type]] %s 249

pixeltotable Specify whether coordinates are written out in map or file coordinates, depending on if type is “map” or “file”. Also specifies whether the subset is given in map or file coordinates. The default coordinate type is “map” if the input file(s) contain map information, or “file” if the input file(s) contain file information..

sample → -s[ample] xsample ysample → -s[ample] %d %d Specify the pixel sampling rate in the x and y directions. The default values for xsample and ysample are 1. Functions None

250

pntprf

pntprf Description This is an ESRI executable that builds point topology. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (pntprf), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

251

pointgrid

pointgrid Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a point coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (pointgrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for example.

252

pointnode

pointnode Description This is an ESRI executable (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (pointnode), and for forking the child process. See file importdlg.c in importdlg module for example.

253

polygrid

polygrid Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a polygon coverage to a grid. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (polygrid), and for forking the child process. See file covtoraster.c in covtoraster module for example.

254

printfilter

printfilter Description The printfilter command converts output files from mapmaker to printer language files ready to be printed by a printer. Commands printfilter inputfile -output outputtype [-v] The printfilter command translates the input file to the specified output format and writes the resulting data to standard output. It can be used to format a file before sending it to a printer. The output data is sent to the process’ standard output.

inputfile → %sÆ The inputfile option of the printfilter command is the name of the file which will be translated to the output language. The input file must be an output panel from a mapmaker process.

outputtype → [ calcomp | hpgl | hprtl | iris | kodak | postscript | serveware | techjet | tekinkjet | vbraster | versatec ]Æ The outputtypeoption is used to specify the language used by the printer on which the output data should be printed. -vÆ The -v flag causes printfilter to print verbose processing information. printfilter The printfilter command uses a method of interaction which is unique among IMAGINE programs. When no input file is specified on the command line, it will read all of its input parameters from standard input. This makes it possible for the printfilter to server in the pipeline of a print queue. The format for sending options to the printfilter in this way is:

verbose filter xoffset yoffset numcopies

255

printfilter

data source port hostname filenames verbose → 0 | 1 A 1 in this field is equivalent to using the -v flag on the command line.

filter → [ calcomp | hpgl | hprtl | iris | kodak | postscript | serveware | techjet | tekinkjet | vbraster | versatec ] The value used for filter is equivalent to the outputtype option used on the command line.

xoffset → %d yoffset → %d These values will move the origin on the output device. They are only useful for some types of printers.

numcopies → %d This value will cause multiple copies of the image to be printed if the output language supports this option.

data source → [ files | socket ] The data source parameter tells the printfilter which input method should be used to retrieve its data. When files is specified, the printfilter will connect to the ERDAS File Server (efsd) and retrieve the data from the files specified. When a socket connection is to be used, the printfilter will connect to the printmanager and communicate using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator protocol over the TCP/IP socket specified.

port → %d When using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator communication protocol between the printmanager and the printfilter, the printfilter must be told where the printmanager is running. The port number of the socket which should be used for communication is specified here.

hostname → %s

256

printfilter When using the IMAGINE Print Accelerator communication protocol between the printmanager and the printfilter, the printfilter must be told where the printmanager is running. The hostname of the host on which the printmanager is running should be specified here.

files → %s When the printfilter retrieves its data using efsd, each file which should be sent to the printer is listed using the full Universal Resource Locator format with the efs protocol. Each file should be named on a separate line in the following manner: efs://hostname/path/filename

hostname → %s The hostname should be a host which is running the ERDAS File Server (efsd).

path → %s The path should be the full path on the remote host which can be used to access the file through efsd.

filename → %s The filename should be the name of the file to be printed.

257

printmanager

printmanager Description The printmanager command delivers a panel file generated by mapmaker to the printer for which it was formatted. Commands printmanager inputfile [-v] [-rm] [numcopies] [outputfile] The printmananger command uses the configuration database information about the printer associated with a panel file to deliver the panel file to the printer.

inputfile → %s The inputfile option is the .name file associated with a panel file created by mapmaker.

numcopies→ -# %d The numcopies option is used to specify the number of copies which should be printed. The default is 1. -v The -v flag causes printmanager to print verbose processing information. -rm When the -rm flag is specified, printmanager will erase any files associated with the panel after it has been printed.

outputfile → -outputfile %s If the printer associated with the input file is configured to print to a file, the outputfile parameter is used to specify the output file. If the destination is not a file, this parameter is ignored.

258

prodnf

prodnf Description This program performs neighborhood operations on raster data. Commands job prodnf inputname outputname [window] [meter] [datatype] [function] [size] [breakpoint] [intercept] [parameters] [kslope] [value]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f %f Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right coordinates of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

function → -f[unction] functionname → -f[unction] %s Specify the name of the neighborhood function used. Following options are proovided: Mean, Median, Sigma, Local Region, Local Statistics, Variance, Skewness, Kurtosis, Mean Euclidean Distance, Undegraded Image, Low Luminance, High Luminance. The default is Undegraded Image.

size → -s[ize] windowsize → -s[ize] %d

259

prodnf Specify the square window size of the neighborhood operation.

breakpoint → -b[reakpoint] low high → -b[reakpoint] %f %f Set the high and low break points. The default low break is 160 and the high break 210. They are only used in Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.

intercept → -i[ntercept] intercept → -i[ntercept] %f Set the intercept for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions. The default value is 65.

parameters → -p[arameters] sigma multiplier → -p[arameters] %f %f Set the scene coefficient of variation and its multiplication factor. The default coefficient is 0.25. It is used in Sigma and Local Statistics functions. The default multiplication factor is 2.0. It is used in Sigma function only.

kslope → -k[slope] slope → -k[slope] %f Set the slope for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions. The default value is 2.0.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation. Functions None.

260

project

project Description This is an ESRI executable that converts a coverage from one projection system to another. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (project), and for forking the child process. See file covinfo.c in covinfo module for example.

261

qvendor

qvendor Description X Window display vendor querying program (UNIX only). Commands qvendor [ display ] The qvendor command queries the X Server serving a particular X Window display about the vendor from which the server comes. The vendor name is printed on stdout. This command is not intended to be used from an EML script.

display → %s The name of the X Window display to query. If display is NULL, the display name is obtained from the DISPLAY environment variable. Functions None.

262

radarbri

radarbri Description This program performs brightness adjustment for radar data. Commands job radarbri inputname outputname [window] [datatype] [select] [meter] [value]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f %f Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right coordinates of the operation area.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

select → -s[elect] direction → -s[elect] %s Specify the row or column direction to perform the brightness adjustment. The default direction is the column.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation.

263

radarbri Functions None.

264

radarfrost

radarfrost Description This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Frost method. Commands job radarfrost inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f The scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

265

radarfrost

width → %d The width of the operation area.

height → %d The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name. Functions None.

266

radarlee

radarlee Description This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Lee method. Commands job radarlee inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma sigmamultiplier ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f The scene coefficient of variation.

sigmamultiplier → %f The multiplication factor for the scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

267

radarlee

uly → %d Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

width → %d The width of the operation area.

height → %d The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name. Functions None.

268

radarmap

radarmap Description This program performs radar image speckle suppression using the Gamma-MAP method. Commands job radarmap inputname outputname kernelsize datatype sigma ignoreflag ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

kernelsize → %d The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

datatype → %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double.

sigma → %f The scene coefficient of variation.

ignoreflag → %d Ignore value flag for statstics calculation.

ulx → %d Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

269

radarmap

width → %d The width of the operation area.

height → %d The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name. Functions None.

270

radarnf

radarnf Description This program performs neighborhood operations on radar or other raster data. Commands job radarnf inputname outputname [window] [meter] [datatype] [function] [size] [breakpoint] [intercept] [parameters] [kslope] [value]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f %f Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right coordinates of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name → -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

function → -f[unction] functionname → -f[unction] %s Specify the name of the neighborhood function used. Following options are proovided: Mean, Median, Sigma, Local Region, Local Statistics, Variance, Skewness, Kurtosis, Mean Euclidean Distance, Undegraded Image, Low Luminance, High Luminance. The default is Undegraded Image.

size → -s[ize] windowsize → -s[ize] %d

271

radarnf Specify the square window size of the neighborhood operation.

breakpoint → -b[reakpoint] low high → -b[reakpoint] %f %f Set the high and low break points. The default low break is 160 and the high break 210. They are only used in Low Luminance and High Luminance functions.

intercept → -i[ntercept] intercept → -i[ntercept] %f Set the intercept for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions. The default value is 65.

parameters → -p[arameters] sigma multiplier → -p[arameters] %f %f Set the scene coefficient of variation and its multiplication factor. The default coefficient is 0.25. It is used in Sigma and Local Statistics functions. The default multiplication factor is 2.0. It is used in Sigma function only.

kslope → -k[slope] slope → -k[slope] %f Set the slope for Undegraded Image, Low Luminance and High Luminance functions. The default value is 2.0.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation. Functions None.

272

radarslant

radarslant Description This program performs radar image resampling from slant range to ground range. Commands job radarslant inputname outputname [window] [select] [datatype] [radius] [parameters] [outres] [correction] [meter] [value]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

outputname → %s Name of output file.

window → -w[indow] type ulx uly lrx lry → -w[indow] %s %f %f %f %f Specify the coordinate system type (map or file system), the upper-left and lower-right coordinates of the operation area.

select → -s[elect] select → -s[elect] %s Specify the row or column direction to perform the resampling. The default direction is the column.

datatype → -d[atatype] datatype → -d[atatype] %s Specify the data type of the output file. Following types are available: Unsigned_1_bit, Unsigned_2_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Unsigned_4_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_8_bit, Signed_32_bit, Float_Single, Float_Double, Complex_Single, Complex_Double. The default is Float_Single.

radius → -r[adius] majoraxis minoraxis latitude → -r[adius] %f %f %f Set the major and minor axis values of the earth in meters, and the scene center latitude in degrees for calculating the local radius. The default radius used is 6370997 meters.

parameters → -p[arameters] depression beamwidth height → -

273

radarslant p[arameters] %f %f %f Set the radar sensor parameters of the depression and beamwidth in degrees and the height in meters.

outres → -o[utres] outresolution → -o[utres] %f Specify the output resolution in meters.

correction → -c[orrection] correction → -c[orrection] %s Set the earth correction type as flat or circular. The default is flat.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name.

value → -v[alue] flag value → -v[alue] %d %f Set the flag and the value for the ignore value option of statistics calculation. Functions None.

274

rastertocov

rastertocov Description Covert an image file to an Arc/Info coverage. Commands rastertocov inputname outputname [gui] [cov_type] [foreground] [thin] [filter] [junction] [item] [thickness] [dangle] [weed] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinate_type] [band] This command converts an image file to a coverage. It first creates a temporary grif from the input image, then converts the grid to a coverage.

inputname → -in input_image → -in %s Full path of the input image file.

outputname → -out out_cover → -out %s Full path of the output Arc/Info coverage.

gui → -gui [enable_flag] → -gui [%s] Invoke a GUI version of this command. Set FALSE or TRUE. The default is TRUE.

cov_type → -type cover_type → -type %s Specify the type of the output coverage: POLY (polygons) or LINE (line coverage. Default is polygon coverage.

foreground → -f[oreground] cell_value → -f[oreground] %s Specify the cell values that will identify the foreground cells. The valid options are POSITIVE or DATA.

thin → -thin yes_or_no → -thin %s Specify whether or not the foreground cells of the grid will be thinned before vectorization. Valid options: yes or no.

filter → -filter yes_or_no → -filter %s Specify whether or not a filter will be applied as the first phase of of thining. Valid options: yes or no.

275

rastertocov

junction → -j[unction] round_or_sharp → -j[unction] %s Specify whether round or sharp turns will be made at turns or junctions. Also used in conversion process to spline curves or create sharp intersections and corners. Valid options are ROUND or SHARP. Default to ROUND.

item → -item item_name → -item %s the name of the item in the feature attribute table of the output coverage to contain the attribute of the grid cell. By default, if "#" is entered, no attribute item or information will be written to the attribute table.

thickness → -t[hickness] thick_value → -t[hickness] %f The maximum thickness, in map units, of line features in the input image.The default is 10*pixelsize if THIN option is used, or 2*pixelsize if NOTHIN is used.

dangle→ -d[angle] dangle_length → -d[angle] %f Minimum length, in map units, of dangling arcs that will be retained. The default is 0.7*the {thickness} if THIN is used, or zero if NOTHIN is used.

weed → -w[eed] weed_tolerance → -w[eed] %f Set the weed tolerance, in map units, for generalization of arcs during conversion. The default is 0.0.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f Create a subset of the input image starting at map position xstart, ystart. MAP coordinates must be used.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f Create a subset of the input image ending at map position xend, yend. MAP coordinates must be used.

band→ -band band_number → -band %d Specify a band to export. Cannot export all bands. Functions None

276

regionerror

regionerror Description This is an ESRI executable that checks region errors in a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (regionerror), and for forking the child process.

277

removedangle

removedangle Description This is an ESRI executable that removes dangling arcs from a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (removedangle), and for forking the child process. See file rastertocov.c in rastertocov module for example.

278

renode

renode Description This is an ESRI executable that renodes a coverage (specifics unknown). It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (renode), and for forking the child process. See file covbuild.c in covbuild module for example.

279

rmarccover

rmarccover Description Delete an Arc/Info coverage with all option, or delete an Arc/Info grid. With the all option, all attribute tables with the coverage name as the prefix of their names (e.g. zone88.aat, zone88.lut, if the coverage name is zone88) will be deleted. Commands rmarccover inputname This command deletes a coverage or a grid

inputname → filename→ %s Pathname of the coverage or grid to be deleted. Functions None

280

rmmodule

rmmodule Description The IMAGINE module removal script. Commands rmmodule [source] [interactive] [echoMode] [fileListDir] [fileSetType]... moduleList The rmmodule command invokes the IMAGINE module removal script. This script will remove one or more filesets of one or more installed modules. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

source → -s directory → -s %w Specifies the source directory for IMAGINE_HOME. By default, this is $IMAGINE_HOME. If IMAGINE_HOME is not set, the default is ‘dirname $SCRIPT_PATH‘, where $SCRIPT_PATH is ‘dirname $0‘.

interactive → -i { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether interactive prompting should be on (1) or off (0) when the script is run. The default is on.

echoMode → -e { 0 | 1 } Specifies whether the script should run silently (0) or echo diagnostic output to the terminal (1). The default is silence.

fileListDir → -d directory → -d %w Specifies the directory from which file lists should be read. If the value of this directory is "install" (the default), the file lists in the $IMAGINE_HOME/install directory are used to remove any particular file set. Files in a file set that exist in other installed file sets (overlapping files) are preserved. If the value of the directory is other than the default, then the file lists in $IMAGINE_HOME/install are used to remove the file sets (without preserving overlap). The files in the file list in fileListDir are also removed, in case there has been an update to the file list.

fileSetType → -t { arch | gnrl | data } Specifies the file set type(s) to remove. The default is -t gnrl -t data -t $ARCH.

moduleList → module [module]... 281

rmmodule Specifies one or more modules to be removed from the IMAGINE installation at IMAGINE_HOME.

282

runarch

runarch Description The IMAGINE script environment creator and bin directory locator script. Commands runarch [eval] [arg]... The runarch command sets up a command shell environment in which the IMAGINE_HOME environment variable is set and the standard stock of ERDAS Bourne shell utility functions are available. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

eval → -e This flag makes sense only when the command is called directly (as opposed to through a link named something other than ‘runarch’). This flag instructs the runarch script to ‘eval’ the passed arg‘s in the created shell environment rather than executing them directly in the environment.

arg → %s If runarch is invoked directly, all arg’s presented on the command line are executed in the shell after the proper environment has been established. If runarch is invoked through a link with a name, name, other than runarch, the command $IMAGINE_HOME/bin/$ARCH/name is executed with the passed in arg’s once the environment has been established.

283

scriptrc

scriptrc Description The IMAGINE architecture specific Bourne shell script run control (overrides). Commands . scriptrc.arch The scriptrc.arch command (where arch represents a supported system architecture of IMAGINE) is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other Bourne shell scripts. The script contains architecture specific overrides for various variables and functions. This type of script architecture allows script logic to address a task without mixing in logic to control differences in operating system utilities under different operating systems. This command is intended only to be run from the OS command shell.

284

setuid

setuid Description The IMAGINE set-user-id-on-execution script. Commands setuid owner fileName The setuid command changes the owner and permissions on fileName such that when fileName is executed, it will run as if it had been run by owner. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

owner → %d Specifies user id of the desired owner of the fileName.

fileName → %w Specifies the name of the file for which the owner and permissions should be changed.

285

setup_fonts

setup_fonts Description The IMAGINE font set-up script. Commands setup_fonts The setup_fonts command converts IMAGINE .bdf format fonts into a format suitable for the X Server on the current architecture ($ARCH). IMAGINE distributes certain foreign language fonts (e.g., Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, etc.) that can be used with annotation but must be available to the X Server so that the key mapper dialog (and other dialogs) can display the fonts in their Motif text widgets. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

286

setup_hp700

setup_hp700 Description Set up theIMAGINE security broker for Hewlett Packard machines. Commands

setup_hp700 This command will set up the IMAGINE security program on a Hewlett Packard machine, with the correct permissions. The IMAGINE security broker must run as root. Functions None

287

setup_personal

setup_personal Description The IMAGINE personal directory set-up script. Commands setup_personal The setup_personal command creates a directory to store personal configuration information for the IMAGINE system. The script will copy certain personal configuration information from personal directories of previous versions of IMAGINE, if found. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

288

setup_rs6000

setup_rs6000 Description Set up IMAGINE for IBM machines. Commands

setup_rs6000 This command will set up the IMAGINE to run on an IBM RS/6000 system running AIX. It configures the security program, enables the asynchronous I/O subsystem, and installs the Shared Library Hookable Symbols PRPQ (P91153) required to run IMAGINE under AIX. Functions None

289

setup_system

setup_system Description The IMAGINE system set-up script. Commands setup_system [disableCustomize] The setup_system command configures an individual host computer to run the IMAGINE software. The system set-up includes making the IMAGINE start-up script accessible through all users’ PATH’s and enabling automatic CDROM mounting. It also performs any architecture-specific customization for this host. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

disableCustomize → -n Specifies that the script should NOT search the /install directory for customization scripts that did not run successfully,then attempt to run them. The script normally does this because successful running of module customization scripts is usually a prerequisite to using the software.

290

setup_toolkit

setup_toolkit Description The IMAGINE C Programmers’ Toolkit set-up script. Commands setup_toolkit [headersOnly | toolkitParentDir] The setup_toolkit command prepares a user’s system for use with the IMAGINE C Programmers’ Toolkit. This will ensure that the user has access to the C Language header files in the IMAGINE installation directory. It will also make a copy of the example programs and Makefile in a private user work area. This command was designed to be run from the OS command shell.

headersOnly → -h Specifies that the script should only attempt to unpack the C Language header files from their secured distribution archive. The set-up of the private user work area will NOT be performed.

toolkitParentDir → %w Specifies that the script should use the specified directory instead of the default ($HOME) as the parent directory for the private user work area. The private user work area is itself a directory that is specific to a version of IMAGINE.

291

showsysid

showsysid Description The ERDAS system identification program. Commands showsysid The showsysid command determines the unique machine identification number for the machine on which it is executed. This identification number is used to associate license checking with a particular host (the license broker node) by making it part of the security codewords. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell because it prints the system identification number on stdout.

292

sigmaval

sigmaval Description This program calculates the scene coefficient of variation, and prints the results in the session log and the stderr. Commands job sigmaval inputname kernelsize ulx uly width height [meter]

inputname → %s Name of input file.

kernelsize → %d The square kernel size of the neighborhood operation.

ulx → %d Upper-left x file coordinate of the operation area.

uly → %d Upper-left y file coordinate of the operation area.

width → %d The width of the operation area.

height → %d The height of the operation area.

meter → -m[eter] name→ -m[eter] %s Display progress meter with a specified name. Functions None.

293

tabletool

tabletool Description Tabletool is a cellarray-based program that displays, relates and edits ESRI’s INFO tables. It also provides following utilities to manage tables: copy, rename, delete, merge, import, export. Commands tabletool [dbname] [tablename] This command starts an INFO table management program tabletool.

dbname → -db dbname → -db %s The full path of the info directory where the table to be displayed resides.

tablename → -table tablename → -table %s The name of the table to display. Functions None

294

tabletopixel

tabletopixel Description Create one or more IMAGINE files from a tabular ASCII file of pixel values. Commands spawn tabletopixel [gui] [inputfile] [clobber] [datatype] [upperleft] [lowerright] [coordinatetype] [cellsize] Invoke the tabletopixel application.

gui → -gui flag → -gui %s Invoke a GUI version of this application unless flag is “0”.

inputfile → -in[put[file]] filename → -in[put[file]] %s Specify the input .asc file. Note that there is no output file to specify since the output file name(s) are contained within the .asc file.

clobber → -clobber flag → -clobber %s Do not overwrite existing files if flag is “0”.

datatype → -d[ata[type]] type → -d[ata[type]] %s Create .img files with the specified data type. Valid values for type are “unsigned 1-bit”, “unsigned 2-bit”, “unsigned 4-bit”, “unsigned 8-bit”, “signed 8-bit”, “unsigned 16-bit”, “signed 16-bit”, “unsigned 32-bit”, “signed 32-bit”, “float”, “double” “complex 64-bit”, and “complex 128-bit”. The default value is “unsigned 8-bit”.

upperleft → -u[pperleft] xstart ystart → -u[pperleft] %f %f Specify the upper left coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

lowerright → -l[owerright] xend yend → -l[owerright] %f %f Specify the lower right coordinates of the subset if criteriatype is “subset”.

coordinatetype → -coord[inate[type]] type → -coord[inate[type]] %s Specify whether coordinates are written out in map or file coordinates, depending on if

295

tabletopixel

type is “map” or “file”. Also specifies whether the subset is given in map or file coordinates. The default coordinate type is “map” if the input file(s) contain map information, or “file” if the input file(s) contain file information. cellsize → -cell[size] xsize ysize → -cell[size] %f %f Create the output .img file(s) from the map coordinates with pixel size xsize, ysize. Functions None

296

tapeserver

tapeserver Description The ERDAS magnetic tape server. Commands tapeserver The tapeserver command starts the ERDAS magnetic tape server. The magnetic tape server serves client requests sent to it through the use of the emta package in the IMAGINE toolkit. Only one tapeserver needs to be started per host. Access to an individual tape device is handled by a child process of the tapeserver. Under normal circumstances, the tapeserver will be started automatically through the invocation of the emta_TapeOpen function.

297

tapeutil

tapeutil Description The IMAGINE Bourne shell tape-drive-access utility function definition script. Commands . tapeutil The tapeutil command is a Bourne shell script that is intended to be sourced in other Bourne shell scripts. The script contains tape-drive-access utility function definitions. This command is intended to only be run from the OS command shell.

298

tigerarc

tigerarc Description This is an ESRI executable that imports lines from a TIGER file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (tigerarc), and for forking the child process. See file importtiger.c in importtiger module for example.

299

tigerpnt

tigerpnt Description This is an ESRI executable that imports points from a TIGER file. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (tigerpnt), and for forking the child process. See file importtiger.c in importtiger module for example.

300

trans

trans Description This is an ESRI executable that transforms a coverage using the coordinate transformation defined by control points in an existing coordinate system, and the same control points in a new coordinate system. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (trans), and for forking the child process. See file covtransform.c in covtransform module for example.

301

ungen

ungen Description This is an ESRI executable that creates an Arc Generate format file from a coverage. It cannot be run from a command line or from eml scripts. Instead, it is invoked from an application using ArcSDL argsys functions, for sending appropriate environment data, and arguments to the child process (ungen), and for forking the child process. See file exportarcgen.c in exportarcgen module for example.

302

versiontool

versiontool Description The versiontool application provides information about DLL Classes and their associated DLL Instances. The use of the “Help” buttons associated with the versiontool is a reliable mechanism through which to access on-line help specific to a particular IMAGINE DLL Instance, whether or not that DLL Instance was developed and distributed by ERDAS. Commands versiontool [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]... The versiontool command starts the versiontool application.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments. Functions Context-less Functions The application functions listed below are general purpose application functions and, as such, disregard the context passed in their respective C Language argument lists.

list = dllClassInstancesGet ( class , classSearchPath ) The dllClassInstancesGet function retrieves a list of class instances for the specified class using the specified classSearchPath.

list → [instance]... The returned list consists of zero or more DLL instances belonging to the named class.

instance → %w Each DLL instance is specified as an absolute file name.

class → %s The class argument specifies the DLL Class for which the DLL Instances should be identified.

classSearchPath → [searchComponent[:searchComponent]...]

303

versiontool The classSearchPath argument specifies the search path through which DLL Instances should be identified.

searchComponent → %w Each searchComponent in a search path specifies a directory in the file system to be searched.

description = dllInstanceDescriptionGet ( dllInstanceName ) The dllInstanceDescriptionGet function retrieves an instance description from the specified DLL Instance

description → %s Each description is a character string. It may be NULL if the DLL Instance does not define an InstanceDescriptionGet function.

dllInstanceName → %w The dllInstanceName argument specifies through an absolute file name the DLL Instance for which a description should be retrieved.

list = dllInstanceTitlesGet ( dllInstanceName ) The dllInstanceTitlesGet function retrieves a list of object titles from the specified DLL Instance.

list → [title]... The returned list consists of zero or more object titles defined by the DLL Instance.

title → %s Each title is a character string.

dllInstanceName → %w The dllInstanceName argument specifies through an absolute file name the DLL Instance for which titles should be identified.

304

viewer

viewer Description The viewer application displays raster, vector, and annotation data in view windows. There is only one viewer application, although it may control more than one viewer window. The viewer relies upon a concept of information layers: the visual display shows layers as if they were stacked on top of each other. In other words, any view window may show a combination of data layers (for example, a raster image with vector coverage and annotation for the same geographic area). The user will see the information for the top layer and any information for the bottom layers which is left uncovered by the top. See the viewer instructions on Viewing Multiple Layers for more information. Commands Viewer Window Commands These viewer commands create or delete viewer windows. viewer create [at x y] [size width height] [onscreen screen] This command creates a new view window at the specified location and with the specified size. For systems with multiple display screens, the onscreen option specifies which of the screens should display the view window. The created view window will become the current view window.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for the viewer window.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for the viewer window.

width → %d The integer number width designates the desired width of the viewer window.

height → %d The integer number height designates the desired height of the viewer window.

onscreen → %d For systems with multiple display screens, the integer number onscreen designates

305

viewer which screen to display the viewer window. viewer create at x y size width height copyview The copyview version of the create command creates a new view window of the specified size and location which is a copy of the current view window. The created view window will become the current view window.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for the viewer window.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for the viewer window.

width → %d The integer number width designates the desired width of the viewer window.

height → %d The integer number height designates the desired height of the viewer window. viewer destroy This command destroys the current view window, thereby removing it from the screen. viewer destroyall This command destroys all view windows, thereby removing them from the screen. viewer destroyothers This command destroys all view windows except for the current view window. Viewer Layer Commands These viewer commands create or open layers in the viewer. viewer truecolor file [display displayid] rgb red green blue [stretch] This command opens the specified truecolor layer using the specified band combination, with or without applying stretch to the data. For information on true color images see True Color Images.

306

viewer

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired truecolor layer.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the truecolor layer.

red → %d The integer red specifies the red band for the layer.

green → %d The integer green specifies the green band for the layer.

blue → %d The integer blue specifies the blue band for the layer.

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” } The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch” option will display the file without applying data scaling. viewer greyscale file [display displayid] band band [stretch] This command opens the specified grey scale layer using the specified band, with or without applying stretch to the data. For information on gray scale images see Gray Scale Images.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired greyscale layer.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the greyscale layer.

band → %d The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer.

307

viewer

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” } The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch” option will display the file without applying data scaling. viewer pseudocolor file [display displayid] band band [stretch] This command opens the specified file as a pseudocolor layer using the specified band, with or without applying stretch to the data. For information on pseudo color images see Pseudo Color Images.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired pseudocolor layer.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the pseudocolor layer.

band → %d The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer.

stretch → { “userstretch” | “nostretch” } The stretch option indicates whether a data stretch function should be applied to the layer as it is displayed. A stretch of “userstretch” will post the data scaling tool before displaying the file so that the desired stretch can be selected. The “nostretch” option will display the file without applying data scaling. viewer relief file [display displayid] band band This command opens the specified file as a relief layer using the specified band into the view window.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired relief layer.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies which of the view windows should display the

308

viewer greyscale layer.

band → %d The integer band specifies which band to use for the layer. viewer annotation file This command opens the specified annotation layer into the view window.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired annotation layer. viewer aoiload file [display displayid] band band This command opens the specified AOI (area of interest) layer into the view window.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired AOI layer. viewer aoinew This command creates a new AOI (area of interest) layer in the view window. viewer vector file [symbology] [precision] This command opens the specified vector layer in the viewer, with optional symbology. Precision may also be specified.

file → %s The file indicates the path and file name of the desired greyscale layer.

symbology → %s The symbology parameter is the name of the symbology file for the vector layer.

precision → { “singleprecision” | “doubleprecision” } The precision option indicates whether to use single or double precision.

309

viewer Viewer Composition Commands The viewer composition commands create or open map compositions into the view window. For information on map compositions see Map Compositions. viewer composition create file size width height units at x y scale scale background red green blue This command creates a new map composition in the view window at the specified location and with the specified size and scale.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file which will contain the new map composition.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

width → %d The integer number width designates the desired width of the map composition window.

height → %d The integer number height designates the desired height of the map composition window.

units → { “inches” | “centimeters” | “points” | “device_pixels” } The units option specifies the units for width and height

scale → %d The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition.

red → %d The integer red specifies the red value for the map background color.

green → %d 310

viewer The integer green specifies the green value for the map background color.

blue → %d The integer blue specifies the blue value for the map background color. viewer composition file at x y [size width height] scale scale This command opens a map composition in the view window at the specified location and with the specified size and scale.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the map composition.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

width → %d The integer number width designates the desired width of the map composition window.

height → %d The integer number height designates the desired height of the map composition window.

scale → %d The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition. viewer composition create file template templatefile at x y scale scale This command creates a new map composition in the view window at the specified location, using the given templatefile as the template for this map.

file → %s

311

viewer The file character string indicates the name of the file which will contain the map composition.

templatefile → %s The templateile character string indicates the name of the file which contains the template for the map composition.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for the map composition window.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for the map composition window.

scale → %d The scale specifies the scale factor for the map composition. Viewer Window Contents Commands The window contents commands visually modify the contents of the view windows by stretching, rotating or scrolling the displayed area of the image layers. viewer autofit This command stretches or compresses the contents of the view window to fit into the current window area. viewer fittoimage This command changes the size of the window to match the area of the window contents. viewer setviewarea [coordtype] ulx uly lrx lry This command stretches or compresses the image contents (bounded by the given area) to fit into the current window area. For more information about defining the area of an image to view see View Extent.

coordtype → [mapcoords | filecoords ] The coordtype indicates whether the bounding box coordinates should be interpreted as file or map coordinates.

ulx → %d

312

viewer

uly → %d The ulx and uly specify the x and y coordinates for the upper left corner of the desired image bounding box.

lrx → %d lry → %d The lrx and lry specify the x and y coordinates for the lower right corner of the desired image bounding box. viewer magnification magfactor [ magfactor ] [display display] [interpolationmode] This command magnifies the image contents by the given magnification factor. If an interpolation mode is given, then that method is used. The default resampling is nearest neighbor. For more information on magnification in the viewer see Reduction.

magfactor → %f If only one magfactor is given, then the magfactor magnification multiplier is applied to both the x and y directions for showing the viewer contents. If two magfactors are given, then the first magfactor is applied to the x scale and the second is applied to y.

interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” | “resample” %s} The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use: nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other resample method identified by the subsequent string name. viewer warp scale xscale yscale rotate angle offset xoffset yoffset [interpolationmode] This command transforms the image contents by the given scale factor, rotation angle and offset, using the interpolation mode for resampling the image if it is specified. The default resampling is nearest neighbor. For more information of warping the view image, see Viewer - Linear Adjustment.

xscale → %f yscale → %f

313

viewer The xscale and yscale give the scale factors for transforming the view image.

angle → %f The angle specifies the rotation angle for transforming the view image.

xoffset → %f yoffset → %f The xoffset and yoffset give the x and y offsets, respectively, for translating the view image.

interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” | “resample” %s} The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use: nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other resample method identified by the subsequent string name. viewer warp a b c d e f [interpolationmode] This command transforms the image contents by the given coefficients, using the interpolation mode for resampling the image if it is specified. The default resampling is nearest neighbor.

a → %f b → %f c → %f d → %f e → %f f → %f The a b c d e and f values give the coefficients for transforming the view image.

314

viewer These coefficients correspond to the following matrix:

a b c d e f 0 0 1 interpolationmode → { “nearest” | “bilinear” | “cubic” | “resample” %s} The interpolationmode option indicates which resampling method to use: nearest neighbor, bilinear interpolation, cubic convolution, or other resample method identified by the subsequent string name. Viewer ColorTable and Histogram Commands The color table and histogram viewer commands are described here. Each of these commands modifies the histogram data or lookup table in the top layer of the view window in some manner. viewer contrast [contrast] This command starts the contrast adjustment tool for the top layer in the view window. For more information on the contrast adjustment tool, see Contrast Adjustments.

contrast → { “simple” | “piecewiselinear” | “graphic” | “librarian” } The contrast option indicates which contrast method to use: simple brightness/contrast; piecewiselinear contrast which allows you to adjust the brightness and contrast for a specified range of the current image; graphic contrast which indicates a histogram breakpoint adjustment; or contrast librarian which lets you save and restore breakpoints from a contrast library (file). viewer convolve [kernel file (kernelname) | disable] This command sets a convolution filter for the top layer in the view window.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the convolution library.

315

viewer

kernelname → %s The kernelname character string indicates the name of the kernel selected from the convolution library. viewer readbp file [colorband] This command loads the breakpoints into the lookup table for the top layer in the view window.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the breakpoints.

colorband → { “red” | “green” | “blue” } The colorband option indicates for which of the lookup tables to load breakpoints. viewer writebp file [colorband] This command writes the breakpoint file of the specified lookup table for the top layer in the view window.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file to write the breakpoints.

colorband → { “red” | “green” | “blue” } The colorband option indicates for which of the lookup tables to write breakpoints. Multiple Viewer Window Commands These commands control more that one viewer window, either linking windows geographically or simply rearranging view windows on the screen. viewer link create display1 display2 This command creates a coordinate link between the two viewer windows, so the contents of the windows are geographically tied to each other. Any actions within the viewer windows will cause corresponding behavior in the other linked windows. The viewers will automatically track one another as they are scaled, roamed, warped, or resized. For information on linking viewers, see Linking Viewer Windows.

display1→ %d display2→ %d

316

viewer Both display1 and display2 identify the view windows which should be geographically linked. viewer multiband file band bands This command opens a multiband file, placing the specified number of bands into separate view windows.

file → %s The file character string indicates the name of the file which contains the multiband image.

bands → %d The number of bands indicates how many bands of the source image should be shown in individual view windows. viewer split [direction] count count This command causes the viewer window to split into count separate pieces. This command is similar to actions of the viewer Split Viewer dialog.

direction → [vertical | horizontal| bidirectional ] The direction indicates whether the viewer should be split in either the vertical or horizontal direction, or in both directions.

count→ %d The count indicates how many viewers should be created as a result of splitting the current view window. viewer tile at x , y size width, height onscreen screennumber This command moves the view windows into a tiled pattern on the selected screen beginning at the specified location.

x → %d The integer number x designates the desired x location for tiling.

y → %d The integer number y designates the desired y location for tiling.

317

viewer

screennumber → %d The integer screennumber specifies which screen on a multi-screen system should be tiled. Viewer Miscellaneous Commands Miscellaneous viewer commands are described here. viewer clear This command clears the contents of the view window. viewer save This command saves all layers in the view window. viewer quit This command quits the viewer process, including all viewer windows. viewer transbackground [transparency] This command sets the transparent background attribute of the top raster layer in the viewer. This mode is only available for true color and gray scale images. For information on transparency in the viewer see Set Transparency.

transparency → [0 | 1] The transparency indicator specifies whether the background values of the top layer should be transparent. viewer showmenu This command displays the menu bar in the viewer window. viewer hidemenu This command hides the menu bar in the viewer window. viewer showtoolbar This command displays the tool bar in the viewer window. viewer hidetoolbar This command hides the tool bar in the viewer window. viewer showstatusbar This command displays the status bar in the viewer window. viewer hidestatusbar This command hides the status bar in the viewer window. Viewer State Commands These viewer commands save and restore the current state of the view windows.

318

viewer viewer viewdump [display displayid] file This command saves the current state of the view window to a file, using the current view window if no other is specified.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies to which viewer window the viewdump command should apply.

file → %s The file string indicates which file name should be used to save the view window state. viewer viewload [display displayid] file This command reloads the saved state of a view window from a file, loading to the current view window if no other is specified.

displayid → %d The integer displayid specifies to which viewer window the viewload command should apply.

file → %s The file string indicates the file which contains the saved view window state.

319

vueplayer

vueplayer Description Viewer sequence editor/displayer Commands vueplayer [vplfile] [EML Library or Window System Initialization argument]... The vueplayer command displays a new vueplayer window.

vplfile → %s The vplfile option of the vueplayer command will initialize the new vueplayer window with the information in the Vue Player List specified.

EML Library or Window System Initialization argument Refer to the documentation on the eml command for a description of these arguments. Functions Document Context Functions The context for all of the application functions listed below is the vueplayer window. References to the currently-selected Vue Player List below always refer to the Vue Player List open in the vueplayer document window, represented by the context of the function call. References to the currently-selected Vue below always refer to the Vue in the line of the currently-selected Vue Player List where the “>” is. vuePlayerNewWindow ( ) The vuePlayerNewWindow function creates a new vueplayer document window. vuePlayerListOpen ( vplfile ) The vuePlayerListOpen function opens the specified Vue Player List in the current vueplayer window. vuePlayerListSave ( ) The vuePlayerListSave function saves the currently-selected Vue Player List. vuePlayerListSaveAs ( )

320

vueplayer The vuePlayerListSaveAs function displays a dialog to select a new file name for the currently-selected Vue Player List. The currently-selected Vue Player List is then saved to the selected file. vuePlayerCloseWindow ( ) The vuePlayerCloseWindow function closes the current vueplayer window. If the Vue Player List in this vueplayer window has been edited, the user will be queried to save the list. vuePlayerCloseAllWindows ( ) The vuePlayerCloseAllWindows function closes all vueplayer windows. If the Vue Player List in any vueplayer window has been edited, the user will be queried to save the list. vuePlayerAddView ( vuefile ) The vuePlayerAddView function adds a .vue file to the currently-selected Vue Player List. It will be added to the end of the list.

vuefile → %s The name of the .vue file to add to the list. vuePlayerSelectViewFile ( ) The vuePlayerSelectViewFile function replaces the .vue file of the currentlyselected Vue. vuePlayerCAFunc ( caCommand ) The vuePlayerCAFunc function performs the specified CellArray function in the currently-selected Vue Player List.

caCommand → %s Any CellArray command. vuePlayerDisplayView ( ) The vuePlayerDisplayView function . vuePlayerStopDisplay ( )

321

vueplayer The vuePlayerStopDisplay function . vuePlayerSetLockViews ( ) The vuePlayerSetLockViews function . vuePlayerSetAutoWrap ( ) The vuePlayerSetAutoWrap function .

interval = vuePlayerGetDisplayInterval ( ) The vuePlayerGetDisplayInterval function . vuePlayerGetManualStep ( ) The vuePlayerGetManualStep function . vuePlayerSetDisplayInterval ( ) The vuePlayerSetDisplayInterval function .

322